Automatic date update in version.in
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-ppc.c
1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
27
28 #include "sysdep.h"
29 #include <stdarg.h>
30 #include "bfd.h"
31 #include "bfdlink.h"
32 #include "libbfd.h"
33 #include "elf-bfd.h"
34 #include "elf/ppc.h"
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
37 #include "dwarf2.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
39
40 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
41 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
42
43 typedef enum split16_format_type
44 {
45 split16a_type = 0,
46 split16d_type
47 }
48 split16_format_type;
49
50 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
51
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
53 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
55 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
56
57 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
58 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
59 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
60 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
61 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
62 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
63
64 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
65 section. */
66 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
67
68 /* For old-style PLT. */
69 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
70 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
71
72 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
73 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
74 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
75 ((4*4 \
76 + (h != NULL \
77 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
78 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
79 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
80 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
81
82 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
83
84 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
85 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
86 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
87 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
88 {
89 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
90 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
91 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
92 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
93 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
94 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
96 0x60000000, /* nop */
97 };
98 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
99 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
100 {
101 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
102 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
103 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
104 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
105 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
106 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 0x60000000, /* nop */
109 };
110
111 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
112 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
113 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
114 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
115 {
116 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
117 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
118 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
119 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
120 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
121 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 0x60000000, /* nop */
124 };
125 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
126 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
127 {
128 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
129 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
130 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
131 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 0x60000000, /* nop */
136 };
137
138 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
139 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
140
141 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
142 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
143 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
145 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
146 a shared library. */
147 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
148
149 /* Some instructions. */
150 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
151 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
152 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
153 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
154 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
155 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
156 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
157 #define B 0x48000000
158 #define BA 0x48000002
159 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
160 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
161 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
162 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
163 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
164 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
165 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
166 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
167 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
168 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
169 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
170 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
171 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
172 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
173 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
174 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
175 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
176 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
177 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
178 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
179 #define NOP 0x60000000
180 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
181
182 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
183 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
184 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
185
186 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
187 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
188 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
190 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
191 \f
192 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
193 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
194 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
195 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
196 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
197 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
198 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
199 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
200 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
201 complain, special_func) \
202 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
203 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
204 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
205
206 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
207
208 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
209 /* This reloc does nothing. */
210 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
211 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
212
213 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
214 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
215 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
216
217 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
218 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
219 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
220 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
221
222 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
223 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
225
226 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
227 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
228 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
229
230 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
231 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
232 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
233
234 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
235 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
236 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
237 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
238
239 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
240 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
241 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
242 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
243
244 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
245 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
246 bits must be zero. */
247 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
248 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
249
250 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
251 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
252 two bits must be zero. */
253 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed,
254 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
255
256 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
257 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
258 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
259
260 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
261 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
262 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
263
264 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
265 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
266 zero. */
267 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
268 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
269
270 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
271 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
272 be zero. */
273 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
274 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
275
276 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
277 symbol. */
278 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
279 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
280
281 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
282 the symbol. */
283 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
284 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
285
286 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
287 the symbol. */
288 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
289 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
290
291 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
292 the symbol. */
293 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
294 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
295
296 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
297 entry for the symbol. */
298 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
299 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
300
301 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
302 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
303 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
304 shared library into the object, because the object being
305 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
306 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
307 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
308
309 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
310 entries. */
311 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
312 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
313
314 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
315 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
316 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
317
318 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
319 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
320 addend. */
321 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
322 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
323
324 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
325 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
326 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
327 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed,
328 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
329
330 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
331 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
332 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
333
334 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
335 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield,
336 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
337
338 /* 32-bit PC relative */
339 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
340 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
341
342 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
343 FIXME: not supported. */
344 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
345 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
346
347 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
348 FIXME: not supported. */
349 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont,
350 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
351
352 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
353 the symbol. */
354 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
355 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
356
357 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
358 the symbol. */
359 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
360 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
361
362 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
363 the symbol. */
364 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
365 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
366
367 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
368 small data items. */
369 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
370 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
371
372 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
373 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
374 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
375
376 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
377 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
378 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
379
380 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
381 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
382 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
383
384 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
385 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
386 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
387
388 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
391
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
394
395 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
396 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
397
398 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
401
402 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
403 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
404
405 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
406 definition of its TLS sym. */
407 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
408 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
409
410 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
411 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
412 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
413 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
414 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
415
416 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
417 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
418 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
419
420 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
421 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
422 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
423
424 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
425 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
426 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
427
428 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
429 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
430 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
431
432 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
433 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
434 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
435 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
436
437 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
438 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
439 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
440
441 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
442 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
443 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
444
445 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
446 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
447 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
448
449 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
450 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
451 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
452
453 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
454 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
455 to the first entry. */
456 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
457 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
458
459 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
460 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
461 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
462
463 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
464 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
465 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
466
467 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
468 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
469 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
470
471 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
472 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
473 first entry. */
474 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
475 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
476
477 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
478 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
479 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
480
481 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
482 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
483 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
484
485 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
486 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
487 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
488
489 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
490 the offset to the entry. */
491 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
492 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
493
494 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
495 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
496 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
497
498 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
499 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
500 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
501
502 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
503 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
504 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
505
506 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
507 offset to the entry. */
508 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
509 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
510
511 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
512 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
513 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
514
515 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
516 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
517 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
518
519 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
520 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
521 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
522
523 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
524 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
525
526 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
527 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
528 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
529
530 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
531 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
532 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
533
534 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
535 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
536 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
537
538 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
539 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
540 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
541
542 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
543 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
544 is negative. */
545 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont,
546 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
547
548 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
549 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
550 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
551 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
552 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
553
554 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
555 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
556 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
557 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
558 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
559
560 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
561 small data items. */
562 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
563 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
564
565 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
566 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
567 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
568 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
569 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
570
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
576 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
577
578 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
579 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
580 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
581 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
582 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
583
584 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
585 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed,
586 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
587
588 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
589 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
590 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
591
592 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
593 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed,
594 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
595
596 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
597 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
598 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
599
600 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
601 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
602 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
603
604 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
605 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
606 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
607
608 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
609 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
610 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
611
612 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
613 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
614 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
615
616 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
617 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
618 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
619
620 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
621 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
622 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
623 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
624 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
625
626 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
627 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
628 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
629
630 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
631 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
632 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
633
634 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
635 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont,
636 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
637
638 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
639 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
640 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
641
642 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
643 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
644 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
645
646 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
647 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
648 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
649
650 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
651 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont,
652 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
653
654 /* e_li split20 format. */
655 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
657
658 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont,
659 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
660
661 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
662 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed,
663 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
664
665 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
666 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont,
667 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
668
669 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
670 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
671 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
672
673 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
674 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
675 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont,
676 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
677
678 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
679 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed,
680 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
681
682 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
683 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed,
684 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
685
686 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
687 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
688 NULL),
689
690 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
691 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont,
692 NULL),
693
694 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
695 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed,
696 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
697 };
698 \f
699 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
700
701 static void
702 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
703 {
704 unsigned int i, type;
705
706 for (i = 0;
707 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
708 i++)
709 {
710 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
711 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
712 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
713 abort ();
714 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
715 }
716 }
717
718 static reloc_howto_type *
719 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
720 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
721 {
722 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
723
724 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
725 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
726 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
727
728 switch (code)
729 {
730 default:
731 return NULL;
732
733 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
736 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
737 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
739 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
749 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
750 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
752 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
763 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
767 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
768 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
770 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
838 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
839 break;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
841 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
842 break;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
844 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
845 break;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
847 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
848 break;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
850 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
851 break;
852 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
853 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
854 break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
862 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
863 }
864
865 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
866 };
867
868 static reloc_howto_type *
869 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
870 const char *r_name)
871 {
872 unsigned int i;
873
874 for (i = 0;
875 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
876 i++)
877 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
878 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
879 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
880
881 return NULL;
882 }
883
884 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
885
886 static bfd_boolean
887 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
888 arelent *cache_ptr,
889 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
890 {
891 unsigned int r_type;
892
893 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
894 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
895 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
896
897 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
898 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
899 {
900 /* xgettext:c-format */
901 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
902 abfd, r_type);
903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
904 return FALSE;
905 }
906
907 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
908
909 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
910 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
911 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
912 {
913 /* xgettext:c-format */
914 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
915 abfd, r_type);
916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
917
918 return FALSE;
919 }
920
921 return TRUE;
922 }
923
924 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
925
926 static bfd_reloc_status_type
927 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
928 arelent *reloc_entry,
929 asymbol *symbol,
930 void *data,
931 asection *input_section,
932 bfd *output_bfd,
933 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
934 {
935 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
936 long insn;
937 bfd_size_type octets;
938 bfd_vma value;
939
940 if (output_bfd != NULL)
941 {
942 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
943 return bfd_reloc_ok;
944 }
945
946 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
947 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
948 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
949 return bfd_reloc_continue;
950
951 value = 0;
952 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
953 value = symbol->value;
954 value += (reloc_entry->addend
955 + symbol->section->output_offset
956 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
957 value -= (reloc_entry->address
958 + input_section->output_offset
959 + input_section->output_section->vma);
960 value >>= 16;
961
962 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
963 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
964 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
965 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
966 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 return bfd_reloc_ok;
968 }
969
970 static bfd_reloc_status_type
971 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
972 arelent *reloc_entry,
973 asymbol *symbol,
974 void *data,
975 asection *input_section,
976 bfd *output_bfd,
977 char **error_message)
978 {
979 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
980 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
981 link time. */
982 if (output_bfd != NULL)
983 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
984 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
985
986 if (error_message != NULL)
987 {
988 static char buf[60];
989 sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
990 reloc_entry->howto->name);
991 *error_message = buf;
992 }
993 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
994 }
995 \f
996 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997
998 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 {
1000 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 asection *section;
1002 /* Section name. */
1003 const char *name;
1004 /* Associated bss section name. */
1005 const char *bss_name;
1006 /* Associated symbol name. */
1007 const char *sym_name;
1008 /* Associated symbol. */
1009 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1010 } elf_linker_section_t;
1011
1012 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1013 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1014 based on different addend's. */
1015
1016 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 {
1018 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1019 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1020 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 bfd_vma offset;
1022 /* addend used */
1023 bfd_vma addend;
1024 /* which linker section this is */
1025 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1026 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1027
1028 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 {
1030 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1031
1032 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1033 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1034 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1035
1036 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1037 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1038 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1039 };
1040
1041 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1042 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043
1044 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1045 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046
1047 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1048 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1049 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050
1051 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1052
1053 static bfd_boolean
1054 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1055 {
1056 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1057 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1058 }
1059
1060 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1061
1062 bfd_boolean
1063 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1064 {
1065 unsigned long mach = 0;
1066 asection *s;
1067 unsigned char *contents;
1068
1069 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1070 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1071 {
1072
1073 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1074 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1075 break;
1076 if (s != NULL)
1077 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1078 }
1079
1080 if (mach == 0)
1081 {
1082 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1083 if (s != NULL
1084 && s->size >= 24
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1086 {
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1088 unsigned int i;
1089
1090 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1091 {
1092 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1093 switch (val >> 16)
1094 {
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1097 if (mach == 0)
1098 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1099 break;
1100
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1103 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1105 break;
1106
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1110 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1111 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1112 break;
1113
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1115 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1116 break;
1117
1118 default:
1119 mach = -1ul;
1120 }
1121 }
1122 free (contents);
1123 }
1124 }
1125
1126 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1127 {
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1129
1130 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1131 if (arch->mach == mach)
1132 {
1133 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1134 break;
1135 }
1136 }
1137 return TRUE;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1142
1143 static bfd_boolean
1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1145 {
1146 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1147 return TRUE;
1148
1149 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1150 {
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1152
1153 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1154 {
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1158 }
1159 }
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1161 }
1162
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1164
1165 static bfd_boolean
1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1167 {
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1170
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1173 return TRUE;
1174 }
1175
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1177
1178 static bfd_boolean
1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1180 {
1181 int offset;
1182 unsigned int size;
1183
1184 switch (note->descsz)
1185 {
1186 default:
1187 return FALSE;
1188
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 /* pr_cursig */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1192
1193 /* pr_pid */
1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1195
1196 /* pr_reg */
1197 offset = 72;
1198 size = 192;
1199
1200 break;
1201 }
1202
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1205 size, note->descpos + offset);
1206 }
1207
1208 static bfd_boolean
1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1210 {
1211 switch (note->descsz)
1212 {
1213 default:
1214 return FALSE;
1215
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1223 }
1224
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1228
1229 {
1230 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1231 int n = strlen (command);
1232
1233 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1234 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1235 }
1236
1237 return TRUE;
1238 }
1239
1240 static char *
1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1242 {
1243 switch (note_type)
1244 {
1245 default:
1246 return NULL;
1247
1248 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1249 {
1250 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1251 va_list ap;
1252
1253 va_start (ap, note_type);
1254 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1255 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1261 */
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1263 #endif
1264 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1267 #endif
1268 va_end (ap);
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1270 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1271 }
1272
1273 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1274 {
1275 char data[268];
1276 va_list ap;
1277 long pid;
1278 int cursig;
1279 const void *greg;
1280
1281 va_start (ap, note_type);
1282 memset (data, 0, 72);
1283 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1285 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1287 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1289 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1290 va_end (ap);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1292 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1293 }
1294 }
1295 }
1296
1297 static flagword
1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1299 {
1300
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1302 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1303
1304 return 0;
1305 }
1306
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1309
1310 static bfd_vma
1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1312 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1313 const arelent *rel)
1314 {
1315 return rel->address;
1316 }
1317
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 type. */
1321
1322 static bfd_boolean
1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1325 const char *name,
1326 int shindex)
1327 {
1328 asection *newsect;
1329 flagword flags;
1330
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1332 return FALSE;
1333
1334 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1335 flags = 0;
1336 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1337 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1338
1339 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1340 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1341
1342 if (strncmp (name, ".PPC.EMB", 8) == 0)
1343 name += 8;
1344 if (strncmp (name, ".sbss", 5) == 0
1345 || strncmp (name, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
1346 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1347
1348 return (flags == 0
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1350 }
1351
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1353
1354 static bfd_boolean
1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1357 asection *asect)
1358 {
1359 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1360 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1361
1362 return TRUE;
1363 }
1364
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1367
1368 static int
1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1370 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1371 {
1372 asection *s;
1373 int ret = 0;
1374
1375 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1377 ++ret;
1378
1379 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1381 ++ret;
1382
1383 return ret;
1384 }
1385
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1387
1388 bfd_boolean
1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1390 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1391 {
1392 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1393
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1399
1400 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1401 {
1402 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1403 size_t amt;
1404 unsigned int j, k;
1405 unsigned int p_flags;
1406
1407 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1408 continue;
1409
1410 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1411 {
1412 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1413 p_flags |= PF_W;
1414 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1415 {
1416 p_flags |= PF_X;
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1418 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1419 break;
1420 }
1421 }
1422 if (j != m->count)
1423 while (++j != m->count)
1424 {
1425 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1426
1427 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1428 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1429 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1430 {
1431 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1433 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1434 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1435 break;
1436 }
1437 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1438 }
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1444 {
1445 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1446 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1447 }
1448 if (j == m->count)
1449 continue;
1450
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1454
1455 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1456 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1457 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1458 if (n == NULL)
1459 return FALSE;
1460
1461 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1462 n->count = m->count - j;
1463 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1464 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1465 m->count = j;
1466 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1467 n->next = m->next;
1468 m->next = n;
1469 }
1470
1471 return TRUE;
1472 }
1473
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1477 2 sections. */
1478
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1480 {
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1490 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1491 };
1492
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1496
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1499 {
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1501
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec->name == NULL)
1504 return NULL;
1505
1506 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1507 sec->use_rela_p);
1508 if (ssect != NULL)
1509 {
1510 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1511 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1512 return ssect;
1513 }
1514
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1516 }
1517 \f
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1520 {
1521 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1522 unsigned long value;
1523 }
1524 apuinfo_list;
1525
1526 static apuinfo_list *head;
1527 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set;
1528
1529 static void
1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1531 {
1532 head = NULL;
1533 apuinfo_set = FALSE;
1534 }
1535
1536 static void
1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1538 {
1539 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1540
1541 while (entry != NULL)
1542 {
1543 if (entry->value == value)
1544 return;
1545 entry = entry->next;
1546 }
1547
1548 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1549 if (entry == NULL)
1550 return;
1551
1552 entry->value = value;
1553 entry->next = head;
1554 head = entry;
1555 }
1556
1557 static unsigned
1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1559 {
1560 apuinfo_list *entry;
1561 unsigned long count;
1562
1563 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1564 entry;
1565 entry = entry->next)
1566 ++ count;
1567
1568 return count;
1569 }
1570
1571 static inline unsigned long
1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1573 {
1574 apuinfo_list * entry;
1575
1576 for (entry = head;
1577 entry && number --;
1578 entry = entry->next)
1579 ;
1580
1581 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1582 }
1583
1584 static void
1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1586 {
1587 apuinfo_list *entry;
1588
1589 for (entry = head; entry;)
1590 {
1591 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1592 free (entry);
1593 entry = next;
1594 }
1595
1596 head = NULL;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1601
1602 static void
1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1604 {
1605 bfd *ibfd;
1606 asection *asec;
1607 char *buffer = NULL;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1609 unsigned i;
1610 unsigned long length;
1611 const char *error_message = NULL;
1612
1613 if (link_info == NULL)
1614 return;
1615
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1617
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1620 {
1621 unsigned long datum;
1622
1623 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1624 if (asec == NULL)
1625 continue;
1626
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length = asec->size;
1630 if (length < 20)
1631 goto fail;
1632
1633 apuinfo_set = TRUE;
1634 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1635 {
1636 if (buffer)
1637 free (buffer);
1638 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1639 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1640 if (!buffer)
1641 return;
1642 }
1643
1644 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1645 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1646 {
1647 /* xgettext:c-format */
1648 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1649 goto fail;
1650 }
1651
1652 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1653 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1654 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1655 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1656 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1657 goto fail;
1658
1659 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1660 if (datum != 0x2)
1661 goto fail;
1662
1663 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1664 goto fail;
1665
1666 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1667 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1668 if (datum + 20 != length)
1669 goto fail;
1670
1671 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1672 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1673 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1674 }
1675
1676 error_message = NULL;
1677
1678 if (apuinfo_set)
1679 {
1680 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1681 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1682
1683 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1684 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1685
1686 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1687 {
1688 ibfd = abfd;
1689 /* xgettext:c-format */
1690 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1691 }
1692 }
1693
1694 fail:
1695 if (buffer)
1696 free (buffer);
1697
1698 if (error_message)
1699 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1700 }
1701
1702 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1703 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1704
1705 static bfd_boolean
1706 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1707 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1708 asection *asec,
1709 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1710 {
1711 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1712 }
1713
1714 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1715
1716 static void
1717 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1718 {
1719 bfd_byte *buffer;
1720 asection *asec;
1721 unsigned i;
1722 unsigned num_entries;
1723 bfd_size_type length;
1724
1725 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1726 if (asec == NULL)
1727 return;
1728
1729 if (!apuinfo_set)
1730 return;
1731
1732 length = asec->size;
1733 if (length < 20)
1734 return;
1735
1736 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1737 if (buffer == NULL)
1738 {
1739 _bfd_error_handler
1740 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1741 return;
1742 }
1743
1744 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1745 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1747 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1748 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1749 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1750
1751 length = 20;
1752 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1753 {
1754 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1755 length += 4;
1756 }
1757
1758 if (length != asec->size)
1759 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1760
1761 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1762 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1763
1764 free (buffer);
1765
1766 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1767 }
1768
1769 static bfd_boolean
1770 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1771 {
1772 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1773 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1774 }
1775 \f
1776 static bfd_boolean
1777 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1778 {
1779 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1780
1781 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1782 return FALSE;
1783
1784 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1785 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1786 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1787 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1788 }
1789
1790 static bfd_boolean
1791 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1792 {
1793 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1794 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1795 && section->vma <= vma
1796 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1797 }
1798
1799 static long
1800 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1801 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1802 asymbol **ret)
1803 {
1804 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
1805 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1806 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1807 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1808 bfd_vma stub_off;
1809 asymbol *s;
1810 arelent *p;
1811 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1812 size_t size;
1813 char *names;
1814 bfd_byte buf[4];
1815
1816 *ret = NULL;
1817
1818 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1819 return 0;
1820
1821 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1822 return 0;
1823
1824 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1825 if (relplt == NULL)
1826 return 0;
1827
1828 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1829 if (plt == NULL)
1830 return 0;
1831
1832 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1833 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1834 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1835 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1836
1837 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1838 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1839 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1840 if (dynamic != NULL)
1841 {
1842 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1843 size_t extdynsize;
1844 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1845
1846 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1847 return -1;
1848
1849 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1850 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1851
1852 extdyn = dynbuf;
1853 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
1854 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1855 {
1856 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1857 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1858
1859 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1860 break;
1861
1862 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1863 {
1864 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1865 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1866 if (got != NULL
1867 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1868 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1869 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1870 break;
1871 }
1872 }
1873 free (dynbuf);
1874 }
1875
1876 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1877 if (glink_vma == 0)
1878 {
1879 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1880 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1881 }
1882
1883 if (glink_vma == 0)
1884 return 0;
1885
1886 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1887 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1888 glink stubs now reside. */
1889 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1890 if (glink == NULL)
1891 return 0;
1892
1893 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1894 from the first glink stub. */
1895 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1896 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1897 {
1898 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1899
1900 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1901 insn ^= B;
1902 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1903 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1904
1905 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1906 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1907 for (i = 4;
1908 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1909 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1910 i += 4)
1911 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1912 {
1913 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1914 break;
1915 }
1916 }
1917
1918 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
1919 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1920 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1921 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1922 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1923 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1924 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1925 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1926 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1927 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1928 break;
1929 if (stub_delta > 32)
1930 return 0;
1931
1932 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1933 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
1934 return -1;
1935
1936 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1937 p = relplt->relocation;
1938 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1939 {
1940 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1941 if (p->addend != 0)
1942 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1943 }
1944
1945 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1946
1947 if (resolv_vma)
1948 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1949
1950 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1951 if (s == NULL)
1952 return -1;
1953
1954 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1955 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1956 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1957 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1958 {
1959 size_t len;
1960
1961 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1962 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1963 stub_off -= 32;
1964 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1965 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1966 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1967 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1968 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1969 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1970 s->section = glink;
1971 s->value = stub_off;
1972 s->name = names;
1973 s->udata.p = NULL;
1974 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1975 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1976 names += len;
1977 if (p->addend != 0)
1978 {
1979 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1980 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1981 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1982 names += strlen (names);
1983 }
1984 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1985 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1986 ++s;
1987 --p;
1988 }
1989
1990 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1991 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1992 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1993 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1994 s->section = glink;
1995 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1996 s->name = names;
1997 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1998 names += sizeof ("__glink");
1999 s++;
2000 count++;
2001
2002 if (resolv_vma)
2003 {
2004 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2005 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2006 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2007 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2008 s->section = glink;
2009 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2010 s->name = names;
2011 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2012 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2013 s++;
2014 count++;
2015 }
2016
2017 return count;
2018 }
2019 \f
2020 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2021 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2022 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2023 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2024 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2025 called. */
2026
2027 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2028 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2029 struct plt_entry
2030 {
2031 struct plt_entry *next;
2032
2033 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2034 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2035 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2036 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2037 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2038 bfd_vma addend;
2039
2040 /* The .got2 section. */
2041 asection *sec;
2042
2043 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2044 union
2045 {
2046 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2047 bfd_vma offset;
2048 } plt;
2049
2050 /* .glink stub offset. */
2051 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2052 };
2053
2054 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2055 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2056 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2057
2058 static int
2059 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2060 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2061 {
2062 switch (r_type)
2063 {
2064 default:
2065 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2066 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2067 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2068 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2069 return 1;
2070
2071 case R_PPC_REL24:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14:
2073 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2074 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2075 case R_PPC_REL32:
2076 return 0;
2077
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2081 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2082 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2083 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2084 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2085 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2086 }
2087 }
2088
2089 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2090 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2091 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2092 shared lib. */
2093 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2094
2095 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2097 {
2098 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2099
2100 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2101 asection *sec;
2102
2103 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2104 unsigned int count : 31;
2105
2106 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2107 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2108 };
2109
2110 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2111
2112 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2113 {
2114 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2115
2116 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2117 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2118 from the beginning of the section. */
2119 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2120
2121 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2122 struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2123
2124 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2125 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2126 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2127 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2128 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2129 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2130 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2131 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2132 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2133 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2134 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2135 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2136 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2137 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2138 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2139 unsigned char tls_mask;
2140
2141 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2142 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2143 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2144 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2145 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2146
2147 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2148 symbol. */
2149 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2150
2151 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2152 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2153 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2154 };
2155
2156 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2157
2158 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2159
2160 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2161 {
2162 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2163
2164 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2165 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2166
2167 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2168 asection *glink;
2169 asection *dynsbss;
2170 asection *relsbss;
2171 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2172 asection *sbss;
2173 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2174 asection *pltlocal;
2175 asection *relpltlocal;
2176
2177 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2178 asection *srelplt2;
2179
2180 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2181 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2182
2183 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2184 bfd *old_bfd;
2185
2186 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2187 union {
2188 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2189 bfd_vma offset;
2190 } tlsld_got;
2191
2192 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2193 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2194
2195 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2196 unsigned int got_header_size;
2197 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2198 unsigned int got_gap;
2199
2200 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2201 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2202
2203 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2204 unsigned int is_vxworks:1;
2205
2206 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2207 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2208 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2209 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2210
2211 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2212 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2213
2214 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2215 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2216
2217 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2218 int plt_entry_size;
2219 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2220 int plt_slot_size;
2221 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2222 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2223
2224 /* Small local sym cache. */
2225 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2226 };
2227
2228 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2229 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2230
2231 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2232 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2233
2234 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2235 relocs. */
2236 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2237
2238 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2239 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2240
2241 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2242
2243 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2244 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2245 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2246
2247 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2248
2249 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2250 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2251 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2252 const char *string)
2253 {
2254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2255 subclass. */
2256 if (entry == NULL)
2257 {
2258 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2259 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2260 if (entry == NULL)
2261 return entry;
2262 }
2263
2264 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2265 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2266 if (entry != NULL)
2267 {
2268 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2269 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2270 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2271 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2272 }
2273
2274 return entry;
2275 }
2276
2277 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2278
2279 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2280 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2281 {
2282 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2283 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2284 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2285
2286 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2287 if (ret == NULL)
2288 return NULL;
2289
2290 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2291 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2292 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2293 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2294 {
2295 free (ret);
2296 return NULL;
2297 }
2298
2299 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2300 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2301 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2302 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2303
2304 ret->params = &default_params;
2305
2306 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2307 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2308 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2309
2310 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2311 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2312 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2313
2314 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2315 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2316 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2317
2318 return &ret->elf.root;
2319 }
2320
2321 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2322
2323 void
2324 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2325 {
2326 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2327
2328 if (htab)
2329 htab->params = params;
2330 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2331 }
2332
2333 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2334
2335 static bfd_boolean
2336 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2337 {
2338 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2339
2340 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2341 return FALSE;
2342
2343 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2344 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
2345 {
2346 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2347 executable. */
2348 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2349 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2350 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2351 return FALSE;
2352 }
2353
2354 return TRUE;
2355 }
2356
2357 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2358 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2359 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2360
2361 static bfd_boolean
2362 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2363 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2364 flagword flags,
2365 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2366 {
2367 asection *s;
2368
2369 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2370 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2371
2372 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2373 if (s == NULL)
2374 return FALSE;
2375 lsect->section = s;
2376
2377 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2378 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2379
2380 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2381 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2382 return FALSE;
2383 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2384 return TRUE;
2385 }
2386
2387 static bfd_boolean
2388 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2389 {
2390 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2391 asection *s;
2392 flagword flags;
2393 int p2align;
2394
2395 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2396 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2397 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2398 htab->glink = s;
2399 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2400 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2401 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2402 if (s == NULL
2403 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2404 return FALSE;
2405
2406 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2407 {
2408 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2409 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2410 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2411 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2412 if (s == NULL
2413 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2414 return FALSE;
2415 }
2416
2417 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2418 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2419 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2420 if (s == NULL
2421 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2422 return FALSE;
2423
2424 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2425 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2426 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2427 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2428 if (s == NULL
2429 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2430 return FALSE;
2431
2432 /* Local plt entries. */
2433 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2434 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2435 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2436 flags);
2437 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2438 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2439 return FALSE;
2440
2441 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2442 {
2443 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2444 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2445 htab->relpltlocal
2446 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2447 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2448 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2449 return FALSE;
2450 }
2451
2452 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2453 &htab->sdata[0]))
2454 return FALSE;
2455
2456 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2457 &htab->sdata[1]))
2458 return FALSE;
2459
2460 return TRUE;
2461 }
2462
2463 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2464 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2465 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2466
2467 static bfd_boolean
2468 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2469 {
2470 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2471 asection *s;
2472 flagword flags;
2473
2474 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2475
2476 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2477 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2478 return FALSE;
2479
2480 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2481 return FALSE;
2482
2483 if (htab->glink == NULL
2484 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2485 return FALSE;
2486
2487 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2488 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2489 htab->dynsbss = s;
2490 if (s == NULL)
2491 return FALSE;
2492
2493 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2494 {
2495 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2496 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2497 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2498 htab->relsbss = s;
2499 if (s == NULL
2500 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2501 return FALSE;
2502 }
2503
2504 if (htab->is_vxworks
2505 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2506 return FALSE;
2507
2508 s = htab->elf.splt;
2509 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2510 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2511 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2512 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2513 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2514 }
2515
2516 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2517
2518 static void
2519 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2520 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2521 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2522 {
2523 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2524
2525 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2526 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2527
2528 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2529 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2530
2531 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2532 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2533 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2534 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2535 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2536 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2537 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2538
2539 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2540 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2541 return;
2542
2543 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2544 {
2545 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2546 {
2547 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2548 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2549
2550 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2551 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2552 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2553 {
2554 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2555
2556 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2557 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2558 {
2559 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2560 q->count += p->count;
2561 *pp = p->next;
2562 break;
2563 }
2564 if (q == NULL)
2565 pp = &p->next;
2566 }
2567 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
2568 }
2569
2570 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
2571 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2572 }
2573
2574 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2575 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2576 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2577 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2578
2579 /* And plt entries. */
2580 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2581 {
2582 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2583 {
2584 struct plt_entry **entp;
2585 struct plt_entry *ent;
2586
2587 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2588 {
2589 struct plt_entry *dent;
2590
2591 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2592 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2593 {
2594 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2595 *entp = ent->next;
2596 break;
2597 }
2598 if (dent == NULL)
2599 entp = &ent->next;
2600 }
2601 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2602 }
2603
2604 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2605 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2606 }
2607
2608 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2609 {
2610 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2611 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2612 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2613 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2614 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2615 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2616 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2617 }
2618 }
2619
2620 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2621 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2622
2623 static bfd_boolean
2624 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2625 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2626 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2627 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2628 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2629 asection **secp,
2630 bfd_vma *valp)
2631 {
2632 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2633 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2634 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2635 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2636 {
2637 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2638 put into .sbss. */
2639 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2640
2641 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2642 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2643 {
2644 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2645
2646 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2647 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2648
2649 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2650 ".sbss",
2651 flags);
2652 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2653 return FALSE;
2654 }
2655
2656 *secp = htab->sbss;
2657 *valp = sym->st_size;
2658 }
2659
2660 return TRUE;
2661 }
2662 \f
2663 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2664
2665 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
2666 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2667 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2668 bfd_vma addend,
2669 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2670 {
2671 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2672 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2673 return linker_pointers;
2674
2675 return NULL;
2676 }
2677
2678 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2679
2680 static bfd_boolean
2681 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2682 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2683 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2684 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2685 {
2686 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2687 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2688 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2689 bfd_size_type amt;
2690
2691 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2692
2693 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2694 if (h != NULL)
2695 {
2696 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2697
2698 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2699 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2700 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2701 rel->r_addend,
2702 lsect))
2703 return TRUE;
2704
2705 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2706 }
2707 else
2708 {
2709 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2710
2711 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2712 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2713
2714 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2715 if (!ptr)
2716 {
2717 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2718
2719 amt = num_symbols;
2720 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2721 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2722
2723 if (!ptr)
2724 return FALSE;
2725
2726 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2727 }
2728
2729 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2730 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2731 rel->r_addend,
2732 lsect))
2733 return TRUE;
2734
2735 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2736 }
2737
2738 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2739 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2740 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2741 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2742 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2743
2744 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2745 return FALSE;
2746
2747 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2748 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2749 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2750 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2751
2752 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2753 return FALSE;
2754 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2755 lsect->section->size += 4;
2756
2757 #ifdef DEBUG
2758 fprintf (stderr,
2759 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2760 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2761 (long) lsect->section->size);
2762 #endif
2763
2764 return TRUE;
2765 }
2766
2767 static struct plt_entry **
2768 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2769 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2770 unsigned long r_symndx,
2771 int tls_type)
2772 {
2773 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2774 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2775 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2776
2777 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2778 {
2779 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2780
2781 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2782 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2783 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2784 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2785 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2786 return NULL;
2787 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2788 }
2789
2790 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2791 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2792 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2793 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2794 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2795 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2796 }
2797
2798 static bfd_boolean
2799 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2800 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2801 {
2802 struct plt_entry *ent;
2803
2804 if (addend < 32768)
2805 sec = NULL;
2806 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2807 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2808 break;
2809 if (ent == NULL)
2810 {
2811 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2812 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2813 if (ent == NULL)
2814 return FALSE;
2815 ent->next = *plist;
2816 ent->sec = sec;
2817 ent->addend = addend;
2818 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2819 *plist = ent;
2820 }
2821 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2822 return TRUE;
2823 }
2824
2825 static struct plt_entry *
2826 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2827 {
2828 struct plt_entry *ent;
2829
2830 if (addend < 32768)
2831 sec = NULL;
2832 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2833 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2834 break;
2835 return ent;
2836 }
2837
2838 static bfd_boolean
2839 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2840 {
2841 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2842 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2843 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2844 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2845 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2846 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2847 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2848 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2849 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2850 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2851 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2852 }
2853
2854 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2855
2856 static bfd_boolean
2857 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2858 {
2859 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2860 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2861 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2862 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2863 }
2864
2865 static void
2866 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2867 {
2868 _bfd_error_handler
2869 /* xgettext:c-format */
2870 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2871 abfd,
2872 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2874 }
2875
2876 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2877 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2878 table. */
2879
2880 static bfd_boolean
2881 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2882 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2883 asection *sec,
2884 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2885 {
2886 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2887 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2888 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2889 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2890 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2891 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2892 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2893
2894 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2895 return TRUE;
2896
2897 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2898 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2899 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2900 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2901 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2902 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2903 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2904 return TRUE;
2905
2906 #ifdef DEBUG
2907 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2908 sec, abfd);
2909 #endif
2910
2911 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2912
2913 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2914 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2915 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2916
2917 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2918 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2919 {
2920 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2921 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2922 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2923 return FALSE;
2924 }
2925 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2926 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
2927 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2928 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2929 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2930 sreloc = NULL;
2931
2932 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2933 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2934 {
2935 unsigned long r_symndx;
2936 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2937 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2938 int tls_type;
2939 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2940 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2941 bfd_vma addend;
2942
2943 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2944 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2945 h = NULL;
2946 else
2947 {
2948 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2949 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2950 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2951 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2952 }
2953
2954 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2955 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2956 startup code. */
2957 if (h != NULL
2958 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2959 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2960 {
2961 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2962 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2963 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2964 return FALSE;
2965 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2966 }
2967
2968 tls_type = 0;
2969 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2970 ifunc = NULL;
2971 if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
2972 {
2973 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
2974 abfd, r_symndx);
2975 if (isym == NULL)
2976 return FALSE;
2977
2978 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2979 {
2980 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2981 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2982 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2983 if (ifunc == NULL)
2984 return FALSE;
2985
2986 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2987 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2988 no plt calls. */
2989 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2990 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2991 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2992 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2993 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2994 {
2995 addend = 0;
2996 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
2997 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
2998 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2999 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3000 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3001 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3002 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3003 addend = rel->r_addend;
3004 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
3005 return FALSE;
3006 }
3007 }
3008 }
3009
3010 if (!htab->is_vxworks
3011 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3012 && h != NULL
3013 && h == tga)
3014 {
3015 if (rel != relocs
3016 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3017 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3018 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3019 reloc. */
3020 ;
3021 else
3022 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3023 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3024 }
3025
3026 switch (r_type)
3027 {
3028 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3029 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3030 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3031 its parameter symbol. */
3032 if (h != NULL)
3033 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3034 else
3035 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3036 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3037 return FALSE;
3038 break;
3039
3040 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3041 break;
3042
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3047 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3048 goto dogottls;
3049
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3054 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3055 goto dogottls;
3056
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3061 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3062 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3063 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3064 goto dogottls;
3065
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3067 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3068 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3069 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3070 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3071 dogottls:
3072 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3073 /* Fall through. */
3074
3075 /* GOT16 relocations */
3076 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3077 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3078 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3079 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3080 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3081 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3082 {
3083 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3084 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3085 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3086 return FALSE;
3087 }
3088 if (h != NULL)
3089 {
3090 h->got.refcount += 1;
3091 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3092 }
3093 else
3094 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3095 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3096 return FALSE;
3097
3098 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3099 an ifunc. */
3100 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3101 {
3102 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3103 return FALSE;
3104 }
3105 break;
3106
3107 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3108 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3109 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3110 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3111 h, rel))
3112 return FALSE;
3113 if (h != NULL)
3114 {
3115 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3116 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3117 }
3118 break;
3119
3120 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3121 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3122 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3123 {
3124 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3125 return FALSE;
3126 }
3127 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3128 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3129 h, rel))
3130 return FALSE;
3131 if (h != NULL)
3132 {
3133 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3134 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3135 }
3136 break;
3137
3138 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3139 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3140 /* Fall through. */
3141
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3148 if (h != NULL)
3149 {
3150 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3151 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3152 }
3153 break;
3154
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3163 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3164 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3165 break;
3166
3167 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3168 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3169 {
3170 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3171 return FALSE;
3172 }
3173 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3174 if (h != NULL)
3175 {
3176 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3177 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3178 }
3179 break;
3180
3181 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3182 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3183 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3184 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3185 if (h != NULL)
3186 {
3187 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE;
3188 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3189 }
3190 break;
3191
3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3195 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3196 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3197 if (h != NULL)
3198 h->non_got_ref = TRUE;
3199 break;
3200
3201 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3202 if (h == NULL)
3203 break;
3204 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3205 goto pltentry;
3206
3207 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3208 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3209 /* Fall through. */
3210
3211 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3212 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3214 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3215 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3216 pltentry:
3217 #ifdef DEBUG
3218 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3219 #endif
3220 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3221 if (h == NULL)
3222 {
3223 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3224 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3225 if (pltent == NULL)
3226 return FALSE;
3227 }
3228 else
3229 {
3230 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3231 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3232 h->needs_plt = 1;
3233 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3234 }
3235 addend = 0;
3236 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3237 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3238 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3239 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3240 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3241 addend = rel->r_addend;
3242 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3243 return FALSE;
3244 break;
3245
3246 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3247 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3248 section relative. */
3249 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3251 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3252 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3255 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3256 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3257 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3258 break;
3259
3260 case R_PPC_REL16:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3263 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3264 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3265 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3266 break;
3267
3268 /* These are just markers. */
3269 case R_PPC_TLS:
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3271 case R_PPC_NONE:
3272 case R_PPC_max:
3273 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3274 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3275 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3276 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3277 break;
3278
3279 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3280 case R_PPC_COPY:
3281 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3282 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3283 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3284 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3285 break;
3286
3287 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3288 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3292 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3293 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3294 break;
3295
3296 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3297 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3298 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3299 {
3300 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3301 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3302 }
3303 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
3304 {
3305 h->needs_plt = 1;
3306 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3307 return FALSE;
3308 }
3309 break;
3310
3311 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3312 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3313 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3314 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3315 return FALSE;
3316 break;
3317
3318 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3319 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3320 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3321 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3322 return FALSE;
3323 break;
3324
3325 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3326 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3327 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3329 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3330 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3331 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3332 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3333 goto dodyn;
3334
3335 /* Nor these. */
3336 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3337 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3338 goto dodyn;
3339
3340 case R_PPC_REL32:
3341 if (h == NULL
3342 && got2 != NULL
3343 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3344 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3345 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3346 {
3347 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3348 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3349 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3350 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3351 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3352 PLT call stubs. */
3353 asection *s;
3354 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3355
3356 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3357 abfd, r_symndx);
3358 if (isym == NULL)
3359 return FALSE;
3360
3361 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3362 if (s == got2)
3363 {
3364 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3365 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3366 }
3367 }
3368 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3369 break;
3370 /* fall through */
3371
3372 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3373 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3375 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3376 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3377 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3378 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3379 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3380 {
3381 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3382 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3383 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3384 return FALSE;
3385
3386 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3387 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3388 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3389 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3391 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3392 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3393 }
3394 goto dodyn;
3395
3396 case R_PPC_REL24:
3397 case R_PPC_REL14:
3398 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3399 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3400 if (h == NULL)
3401 break;
3402 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3403 {
3404 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3405 {
3406 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3407 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3408 }
3409 break;
3410 }
3411 /* fall through */
3412
3413 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3414 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3415 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3416 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3417 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3418 {
3419 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3420 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3421 h->needs_plt = 1;
3422 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3423 return FALSE;
3424 break;
3425 }
3426
3427 dodyn:
3428 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3429 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3430 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3431 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3432 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3433 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3434 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3435 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3436 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3437 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3438 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3439 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3440 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3441 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3442 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3443 symbol local.
3444
3445 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3446 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3447 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3448 symbol. */
3449 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
3450 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
3451 || (h != NULL
3452 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
3453 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3454 || !h->def_regular))))
3455 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3456 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3457 && h != NULL
3458 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
3459 || !h->def_regular)))
3460 {
3461 #ifdef DEBUG
3462 fprintf (stderr,
3463 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3464 "create relocation for %s\n",
3465 (h && h->root.root.string
3466 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3467 #endif
3468 if (sreloc == NULL)
3469 {
3470 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3471 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3472
3473 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3474 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
3475
3476 if (sreloc == NULL)
3477 return FALSE;
3478 }
3479
3480 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3481 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3482 if (h != NULL)
3483 {
3484 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3485 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3486
3487 rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs;
3488 p = *rel_head;
3489 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3490 {
3491 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3492 if (p == NULL)
3493 return FALSE;
3494 p->next = *rel_head;
3495 *rel_head = p;
3496 p->sec = sec;
3497 p->count = 0;
3498 p->pc_count = 0;
3499 }
3500 p->count += 1;
3501 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3502 p->pc_count += 1;
3503 }
3504 else
3505 {
3506 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3507 We really need local syms available to do this
3508 easily. Oh well. */
3509 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3510 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3511 bfd_boolean is_ifunc;
3512 asection *s;
3513 void *vpp;
3514 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
3515
3516 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
3517 abfd, r_symndx);
3518 if (isym == NULL)
3519 return FALSE;
3520
3521 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3522 if (s == NULL)
3523 s = sec;
3524
3525 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3526 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3527 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
3528 p = *rel_head;
3529 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3530 p = p->next;
3531 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3532 {
3533 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3534 if (p == NULL)
3535 return FALSE;
3536 p->next = *rel_head;
3537 *rel_head = p;
3538 p->sec = sec;
3539 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3540 p->count = 0;
3541 }
3542 p->count += 1;
3543 }
3544 }
3545
3546 break;
3547 }
3548 }
3549
3550 return TRUE;
3551 }
3552 \f
3553 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3554 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3555 bfd_boolean
3556 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3557 {
3558 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3559 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3560 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3561 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
3562
3563 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3564 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3565
3566 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3567 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3568
3569 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3570 {
3571 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3572 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3573 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3574
3575 if (in_fp == 0)
3576 ;
3577 else if (out_fp == 0)
3578 {
3579 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3580 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3581 last_fp = ibfd;
3582 }
3583 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3584 {
3585 _bfd_error_handler
3586 /* xgettext:c-format */
3587 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3588 last_fp, ibfd);
3589 ret = FALSE;
3590 }
3591 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3592 {
3593 _bfd_error_handler
3594 /* xgettext:c-format */
3595 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3596 ibfd, last_fp);
3597 ret = FALSE;
3598 }
3599 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3600 {
3601 _bfd_error_handler
3602 /* xgettext:c-format */
3603 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3604 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3605 ret = FALSE;
3606 }
3607 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3608 {
3609 _bfd_error_handler
3610 /* xgettext:c-format */
3611 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3612 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3613 ret = FALSE;
3614 }
3615
3616 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3617 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3618 if (in_fp == 0)
3619 ;
3620 else if (out_fp == 0)
3621 {
3622 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3623 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3624 last_ld = ibfd;
3625 }
3626 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3627 {
3628 _bfd_error_handler
3629 /* xgettext:c-format */
3630 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3631 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3632 ret = FALSE;
3633 }
3634 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3635 {
3636 _bfd_error_handler
3637 /* xgettext:c-format */
3638 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3639 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3640 ret = FALSE;
3641 }
3642 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3643 {
3644 _bfd_error_handler
3645 /* xgettext:c-format */
3646 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3647 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3648 ret = FALSE;
3649 }
3650 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3651 {
3652 _bfd_error_handler
3653 /* xgettext:c-format */
3654 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3655 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3656 ret = FALSE;
3657 }
3658 }
3659
3660 if (!ret)
3661 {
3662 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3664 }
3665 return ret;
3666 }
3667
3668 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3669 there are conflicting attributes. */
3670 static bfd_boolean
3671 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3672 {
3673 bfd *obfd;
3674 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3675 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3676 bfd_boolean ret;
3677
3678 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3679 return FALSE;
3680
3681 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3682 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3683 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3684
3685 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3686 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3687 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3688 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3689 ret = TRUE;
3690 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3691 {
3692 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3693 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3694 static bfd *last_vec;
3695
3696 if (in_vec == 0)
3697 ;
3698 else if (out_vec == 0)
3699 {
3700 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3701 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3702 last_vec = ibfd;
3703 }
3704 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3705 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3706 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3707 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3708 case too. */
3709 else if (in_vec == 1)
3710 ;
3711 else if (out_vec == 1)
3712 {
3713 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3714 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3715 last_vec = ibfd;
3716 }
3717 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3718 {
3719 _bfd_error_handler
3720 /* xgettext:c-format */
3721 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3722 last_vec, ibfd);
3723 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3724 ret = FALSE;
3725 }
3726 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3727 {
3728 _bfd_error_handler
3729 /* xgettext:c-format */
3730 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3731 ibfd, last_vec);
3732 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3733 ret = FALSE;
3734 }
3735 }
3736
3737 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3738 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3739 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3740 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3741 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3742 {
3743 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3744 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3745 static bfd *last_struct;
3746
3747 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3748 ;
3749 else if (out_struct == 0)
3750 {
3751 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3752 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3753 last_struct = ibfd;
3754 }
3755 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3756 {
3757 _bfd_error_handler
3758 /* xgettext:c-format */
3759 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3760 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3761 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3762 ret = FALSE;
3763 }
3764 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3765 {
3766 _bfd_error_handler
3767 /* xgettext:c-format */
3768 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3769 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3770 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3771 ret = FALSE;
3772 }
3773 }
3774 if (!ret)
3775 {
3776 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3777 return FALSE;
3778 }
3779
3780 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3781 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3782 }
3783
3784 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3785 object file when linking. */
3786
3787 static bfd_boolean
3788 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3789 {
3790 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3791 flagword old_flags;
3792 flagword new_flags;
3793 bfd_boolean error;
3794
3795 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3796 return TRUE;
3797
3798 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3799 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3800 return FALSE;
3801
3802 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3803 return FALSE;
3804
3805 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3806 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3807 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3808 {
3809 /* First call, no flags set. */
3810 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
3811 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3812 }
3813
3814 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3815 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3816 ;
3817
3818 /* Incompatible flags. */
3819 else
3820 {
3821 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3822 to be linked with either. */
3823 error = FALSE;
3824 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3825 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3826 {
3827 error = TRUE;
3828 _bfd_error_handler
3829 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3830 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3831 }
3832 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3833 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3834 {
3835 error = TRUE;
3836 _bfd_error_handler
3837 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3838 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3839 }
3840
3841 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3842 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3843 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3844
3845 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3846 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3847 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3848 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3849 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3850 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3851
3852 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3853 any module uses it. */
3854 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3855
3856 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3857 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3858
3859 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3860 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3861 {
3862 error = TRUE;
3863 _bfd_error_handler
3864 /* xgettext:c-format */
3865 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3866 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3867 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3868 }
3869
3870 if (error)
3871 {
3872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3873 return FALSE;
3874 }
3875 }
3876
3877 return TRUE;
3878 }
3879
3880 static void
3881 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3882 asection *input_section,
3883 unsigned long offset,
3884 bfd_byte *loc,
3885 bfd_vma value,
3886 split16_format_type split16_format,
3887 bfd_boolean fixup)
3888 {
3889 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3890
3891 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3892 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3893 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3894 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3895 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3896 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3897 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3898 {
3899 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3900 {
3901 if (fixup)
3902 split16_format = split16a_type;
3903 else
3904 _bfd_error_handler
3905 /* xgettext:c-format */
3906 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3907 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3908 }
3909 }
3910 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3911 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3912 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3913 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3914 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3915 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3916 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3917 {
3918 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3919 {
3920 if (fixup)
3921 split16_format = split16d_type;
3922 else
3923 _bfd_error_handler
3924 /* xgettext:c-format */
3925 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3926 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3927 }
3928 }
3929 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3930 {
3931 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3932 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3933 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3934 {
3935 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3936 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3937 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3938 }
3939 }
3940 else
3941 {
3942 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3943 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3944 }
3945 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3946 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3947 }
3948
3949 static void
3950 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3951 {
3952 unsigned int insn;
3953
3954 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3955 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3956 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3957 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3958 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3959 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3960 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3961 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3963 }
3964
3965 \f
3966 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3967 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3968 int
3969 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3970 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3971 {
3972 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3973 flagword flags;
3974
3975 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3976
3977 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3978 {
3979 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3980
3981 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
3982 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3983 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3984 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3985 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
3986 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL
3987 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
3988 || h->needs_plt)
3989 && h->ref_regular
3990 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
3991 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
3992 {
3993 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3994 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3995 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3996 r30 to be set up. */
3997 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3998 }
3999 else
4000 {
4001 bfd *ibfd;
4002 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
4003
4004 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4005 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4006 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4007 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4008 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4009 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4010 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4011 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4012 {
4013 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4014 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4015 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4016 {
4017 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4018 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4019 break;
4020 }
4021 }
4022 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4023 }
4024 }
4025 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW)
4026 {
4027 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4028 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4029 else
4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4031 }
4032
4033 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4034
4035 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4036 {
4037 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4038 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4039
4040 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4041 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4042 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4043 return -1;
4044
4045 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4046 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4047 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4048 return -1;
4049 }
4050 else
4051 {
4052 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4053 if (htab->glink != NULL
4054 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4055 return -1;
4056 }
4057 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4058 }
4059 \f
4060 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4061 relocation. */
4062
4063 static asection *
4064 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4065 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4066 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4067 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4068 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4069 {
4070 if (h != NULL)
4071 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4072 {
4073 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4075 return NULL;
4076 }
4077
4078 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4079 }
4080
4081 static bfd_boolean
4082 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4083 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4084 asection **symsecp,
4085 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4086 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4087 unsigned long r_symndx,
4088 bfd *ibfd)
4089 {
4090 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4091
4092 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4093 {
4094 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4096
4097 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4098 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4099 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4100 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4101
4102 if (hp != NULL)
4103 *hp = h;
4104
4105 if (symp != NULL)
4106 *symp = NULL;
4107
4108 if (symsecp != NULL)
4109 {
4110 asection *symsec = NULL;
4111 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4112 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4113 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4114 *symsecp = symsec;
4115 }
4116
4117 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4118 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4119 }
4120 else
4121 {
4122 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4124
4125 if (locsyms == NULL)
4126 {
4127 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4128 if (locsyms == NULL)
4129 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4130 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4131 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4132 if (locsyms == NULL)
4133 return FALSE;
4134 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4135 }
4136 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4137
4138 if (hp != NULL)
4139 *hp = NULL;
4140
4141 if (symp != NULL)
4142 *symp = sym;
4143
4144 if (symsecp != NULL)
4145 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4146
4147 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4148 {
4149 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4150 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4151
4152 tls_mask = NULL;
4153 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4154 if (local_got != NULL)
4155 {
4156 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4157 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4158 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4159 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4160 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4161 }
4162 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4163 }
4164 }
4165 return TRUE;
4166 }
4167 \f
4168 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4169 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4170
4171 bfd_boolean
4172 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4173 {
4174 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4175 bfd *ibfd;
4176 asection *sec;
4177 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4178
4179 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4180 if (htab == NULL)
4181 return FALSE;
4182
4183 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4184 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4185 between the call and its destination. */
4186 limit = 0x1e00000;
4187 low_vma = -1;
4188 high_vma = 0;
4189 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4190 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4191 {
4192 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4193 low_vma = sec->vma;
4194 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4195 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4196 }
4197
4198 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4199 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4200 is local. */
4201 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4202 {
4203 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4204 return TRUE;
4205 }
4206
4207 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4208 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4209 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4210 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4211 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4212 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4213 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4214 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4215 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4216 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4217 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4218 together except their symbol. */
4219
4220 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4221 {
4222 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4223 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4224
4225 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4226 continue;
4227
4228 local_syms = NULL;
4229 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4230
4231 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4232 if (sec->has_pltcall
4233 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4234 {
4235 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4236
4237 /* Read the relocations. */
4238 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4239 info->keep_memory);
4240 if (relstart == NULL)
4241 return FALSE;
4242
4243 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4244 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; )
4245 {
4246 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4247 unsigned long r_symndx;
4248 asection *sym_sec;
4249 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4250 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4251 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4252
4253 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4254 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4255 continue;
4256
4257 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4258 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4259 r_symndx, ibfd))
4260 {
4261 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4262 free (relstart);
4263 if (local_syms != NULL
4264 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4265 free (local_syms);
4266 return FALSE;
4267 }
4268
4269 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4270 {
4271 bfd_vma from, to;
4272 if (h != NULL)
4273 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4274 else
4275 to = sym->st_value;
4276 to += (rel->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4279 from = (rel->r_offset
4280 + sec->output_offset
4281 + sec->output_section->vma);
4282 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4283 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4284 }
4285 }
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4287 free (relstart);
4288 }
4289
4290 if (local_syms != NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4292 {
4293 if (!info->keep_memory)
4294 free (local_syms);
4295 else
4296 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4297 }
4298 }
4299
4300 return TRUE;
4301 }
4302
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4305
4306 asection *
4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4308 {
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4310
4311 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4312 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4314 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4315 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4316
4317 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4318 {
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4320 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4322 if (opt != NULL
4323 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4325 {
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4331 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4332 && tga != NULL
4333 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4334 || tga->needs_plt)
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4337 {
4338 struct plt_entry *ent;
4339 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4340 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4341 break;
4342 if (ent != NULL)
4343 {
4344 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4345 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4347 opt->mark = 1;
4348 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4349 {
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4351 opt->dynindx = -1;
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4353 opt->dynstr_index);
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4355 return FALSE;
4356 }
4357 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4358 }
4359 }
4360 }
4361 else
4362 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE;
4363 }
4364 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4365 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4366 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4367 {
4368 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4370 }
4371
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4373 }
4374
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4376 HASH. */
4377
4378 static bfd_boolean
4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4382 {
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4386
4387 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4388 {
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4391
4392 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4393 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4395 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4396 if (h == hash)
4397 return TRUE;
4398 }
4399 return FALSE;
4400 }
4401
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4403 opportunities. */
4404
4405 bfd_boolean
4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4407 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4408 {
4409 bfd *ibfd;
4410 asection *sec;
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4412 int pass;
4413
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4415 return TRUE;
4416
4417 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4418 if (htab == NULL)
4419 return FALSE;
4420
4421 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4422 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4423 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4424 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4425 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4426 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4427 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4428 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4429 {
4430 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4431 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4432
4433 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4434 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4435 {
4436 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4437 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4438
4439 /* Read the relocations. */
4440 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4441 info->keep_memory);
4442 if (relstart == NULL)
4443 return FALSE;
4444
4445 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4446 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4447 {
4448 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4449 unsigned long r_symndx;
4450 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4451 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4452 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4453 bfd_boolean is_local;
4454 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4455
4456 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4457 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4458 {
4459 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4460
4461 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4462 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4463 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4464 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4465 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4466 }
4467
4468 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4469 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4470 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4471 without marker relocs, then check that each
4472 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4473 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4474 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4475 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4476 if (pass == 0
4477 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4478 && h != NULL
4479 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4480 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4481 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4482 {
4483 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4484 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4485 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4486 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4487 free (relstart);
4488 return TRUE;
4489 }
4490
4491 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4492 switch (r_type)
4493 {
4494 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4495 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4496 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4497 /* Fall through. */
4498
4499 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4500 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4501 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4502 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4503 that turns out to be the case. */
4504 if (!is_local)
4505 continue;
4506
4507 /* LD -> LE */
4508 tls_set = 0;
4509 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4510 break;
4511
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4514 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4515 /* Fall through. */
4516
4517 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4518 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4519 if (is_local)
4520 /* GD -> LE */
4521 tls_set = 0;
4522 else
4523 /* GD -> IE */
4524 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4525 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4526 break;
4527
4528 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4532 if (is_local)
4533 {
4534 /* IE -> LE */
4535 tls_set = 0;
4536 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4537 break;
4538 }
4539 else
4540 continue;
4541
4542 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4543 if (!is_local)
4544 continue;
4545 /* Fall through. */
4546 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4547 if (rel + 1 < relend
4548 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4549 {
4550 if (pass != 0
4551 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4552 {
4553 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4554 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4555 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4556 {
4557 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4558
4559 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4560 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4561 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4562 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4563 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4564 if (h != NULL)
4565 {
4566 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4567 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4568
4569 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4570 addend = rel->r_addend;
4571 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4572 got2, addend);
4573 if (ent != NULL
4574 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4575 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4576 }
4577 }
4578 }
4579 continue;
4580 }
4581 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4582 tls_set = 0;
4583 tls_clear = 0;
4584 break;
4585
4586 default:
4587 continue;
4588 }
4589
4590 if (pass == 0)
4591 {
4592 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4593 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4594 continue;
4595
4596 if (rel + 1 < relend
4597 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4598 htab->tls_get_addr))
4599 continue;
4600
4601 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4602 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4603 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4604 the entire optimization. */
4605 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4606 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4607 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4608 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4609 free (relstart);
4610 return TRUE;
4611 }
4612
4613 if (h != NULL)
4614 {
4615 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4616 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4617 }
4618 else
4619 {
4620 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4621 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4622 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4623
4624 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4625 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4626 abort ();
4627 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4628 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4629 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4630 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4631 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4632 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4633 }
4634
4635 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4636 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4637 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4638 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4639 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4640 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4641 Disable optimization in this case. */
4642 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4643 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4644 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4645 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4646 continue;
4647
4648 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4649 {
4650 struct plt_entry *ent;
4651 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4652
4653 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4654 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4655 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4656 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4657 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4658 got2, addend);
4659 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4660 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4661 }
4662 if (tls_clear == 0)
4663 continue;
4664
4665 if (tls_set == 0)
4666 {
4667 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4668 if (*got_count > 0)
4669 *got_count -= 1;
4670 }
4671
4672 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4673 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4674 }
4675
4676 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4677 free (relstart);
4678 }
4679 }
4680 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4681 return TRUE;
4682 }
4683 \f
4684 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4685
4686 static asection *
4687 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4688 {
4689 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4690
4691 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4692 {
4693 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
4694
4695 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4696 return p->sec;
4697 }
4698 return NULL;
4699 }
4700
4701 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4702 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4703 size_dynamic_sections. */
4704
4705 static bfd_boolean
4706 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4707 {
4708 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4709 do
4710 {
4711 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4712 return TRUE;
4713 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4714 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4715
4716 return FALSE;
4717 }
4718
4719 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4720
4721 static bfd_boolean
4722 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4723 {
4724 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4725
4726 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4727 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4728 return TRUE;
4729 return FALSE;
4730 }
4731
4732 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4733 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4734 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4735 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4736 understand. */
4737
4738 static bfd_boolean
4739 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4740 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4741 {
4742 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4743 asection *s;
4744
4745 #ifdef DEBUG
4746 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4747 h->root.root.string);
4748 #endif
4749
4750 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4751 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4752 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4753 && (h->needs_plt
4754 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4755 || h->is_weakalias
4756 || (h->def_dynamic
4757 && h->ref_regular
4758 && !h->def_regular)));
4759
4760 /* Deal with function syms. */
4761 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4762 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4763 || h->needs_plt)
4764 {
4765 bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4766 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4767 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4768 function symbol is local. */
4769 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4770 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4771
4772 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4773 won't need a .plt entry. */
4774 struct plt_entry *ent;
4775 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4776 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4777 break;
4778 if (ent == NULL
4779 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4780 && local
4781 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4782 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4783 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4784 {
4785 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4786
4787 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4788 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4789 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4790
4791 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4792
4793 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4794 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4795 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4796 h->needs_plt = 0;
4797 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4798 }
4799 else
4800 {
4801 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4802 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4803 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4804 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4805 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4806 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4807 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4808 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4809 than link time. */
4810 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4811 || (h->non_got_ref
4812 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4813 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4814 && !htab->is_vxworks
4815 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4816 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4817 {
4818 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4819 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4820 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4821 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4822 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4823 }
4824 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4825 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4826 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4827 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4828 }
4829 h->protected_def = 0;
4830 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4831 return TRUE;
4832 }
4833 else
4834 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4835
4836 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4837 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4838 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4839 if (h->is_weakalias)
4840 {
4841 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4842 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4843 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4844 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4845 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4846 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4847 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4848 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4849 return TRUE;
4850 }
4851
4852 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4853 is not a function. */
4854
4855 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4856 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4857 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4858 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4859 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4860 {
4861 h->protected_def = 0;
4862 return TRUE;
4863 }
4864
4865 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4866 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4867 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4868 {
4869 h->protected_def = 0;
4870 return TRUE;
4871 }
4872
4873 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4874 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4875 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4876 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4877 if (h->protected_def)
4878 {
4879 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4880 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4881 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4882 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4883 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4884 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4885 return TRUE;
4886 }
4887
4888 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4889 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4890 return TRUE;
4891
4892 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4893 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4894 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4895 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4896 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4897 executable. */
4898 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4899 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4900 && !htab->is_vxworks
4901 && !h->def_regular
4902 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4903 return TRUE;
4904
4905 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4906 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4907 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4908 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4909 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4910 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4911 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4912 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4913 same memory location for the variable.
4914
4915 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4916 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4917 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4918 s = htab->dynsbss;
4919 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4920 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4921 else
4922 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4923 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4924
4925 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4926 {
4927 asection *srel;
4928
4929 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4930 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4931 and into the runtime process image. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4933 srel = htab->relsbss;
4934 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4935 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4936 else
4937 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4939 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4940 h->needs_copy = 1;
4941 }
4942
4943 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4944 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4945 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4946 }
4947 \f
4948 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4949 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4950 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4951 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4952 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4953
4954 static bfd_boolean
4955 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4956 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4957 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4958 {
4959 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4960 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4961 char *name;
4962 const char *stub;
4963 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4964
4965 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4966 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4967 else
4968 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4969
4970 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4971 len2 = strlen (stub);
4972 len3 = 0;
4973 if (ent->sec)
4974 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4975 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4976 if (name == NULL)
4977 return FALSE;
4978 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
4979 if (ent->sec)
4980 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
4981 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
4982 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
4983 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
4984 if (sh == NULL)
4985 return FALSE;
4986 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
4987 {
4988 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
4989 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
4990 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
4991 sh->ref_regular = 1;
4992 sh->def_regular = 1;
4993 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
4994 sh->forced_local = 1;
4995 sh->non_elf = 0;
4996 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
4997 }
4998 return TRUE;
4999 }
5000
5001 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5002 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5003
5004 static bfd_vma
5005 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5006 {
5007 bfd_vma where;
5008 unsigned int max_before_header;
5009
5010 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5011 {
5012 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5013 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5014 }
5015 else
5016 {
5017 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5018 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5019 {
5020 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5021 htab->got_gap -= need;
5022 }
5023 else
5024 {
5025 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5026 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5027 {
5028 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5029 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5030 }
5031 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5032 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5033 }
5034 }
5035 return where;
5036 }
5037
5038 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5039 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5040
5041 static inline unsigned int
5042 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5043 {
5044 unsigned int need;
5045 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5046 need = 4;
5047 else
5048 {
5049 need = 0;
5050 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5051 need += 8;
5052 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5053 need += 4;
5054 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5055 need += 4;
5056 }
5057 return need;
5058 }
5059
5060 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5061
5062 static bfd_boolean
5063 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5064 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5065 {
5066 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5067
5068 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5069 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5070 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5071 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5072 && h->dynindx == -1
5073 && !h->forced_local
5074 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5075 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5076 return TRUE;
5077 }
5078
5079 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5080
5081 static bfd_boolean
5082 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5083 {
5084 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5085 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5086 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5087 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5088 bfd_boolean dyn;
5089
5090 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5091 return TRUE;
5092
5093 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5094 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5095 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5096 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5097 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5098 && eh->elf.protected_def
5099 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5100 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5101 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5102 {
5103 unsigned int need;
5104
5105 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5106 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5107 return FALSE;
5108
5109 need = 0;
5110 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5111 {
5112 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5113 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5114 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5115 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5116 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5117 else
5118 need += 8;
5119 }
5120 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5121 if (need == 0)
5122 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5123 else
5124 {
5125 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5126 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5127 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5128 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5129 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5130 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5131 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5132 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5133 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5134 {
5135 asection *rsec;
5136
5137 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5138 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5139 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5140 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5141 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5142 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5143 rsec->size += need;
5144 }
5145 }
5146 }
5147 else
5148 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5149
5150 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5151 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5152 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5153 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5154 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5155
5156 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5157 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5158 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5159 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5160
5161 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5162 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5163 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5164 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5165
5166 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5167 ;
5168
5169 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5170 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5171 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5172 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5173 changes. */
5174 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5175 {
5176 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5177 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5178 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5179 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5180 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5181 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5182 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5183 {
5184 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5185
5186 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5187 {
5188 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5189 p->pc_count = 0;
5190 if (p->count == 0)
5191 *pp = p->next;
5192 else
5193 pp = &p->next;
5194 }
5195 }
5196
5197 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5198 {
5199 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5200
5201 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5202 {
5203 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5204 *pp = p->next;
5205 else
5206 pp = &p->next;
5207 }
5208 }
5209
5210 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5211 {
5212 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5213 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5214 return FALSE;
5215 }
5216 }
5217 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5218 {
5219 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5220 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5221 dynamic. */
5222 if (h->dynamic_adjusted
5223 && !h->def_regular
5224 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5225 && !(h->protected_def
5226 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5227 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5228 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5229 {
5230 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5231 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5232 return FALSE;
5233
5234 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5235 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5236 }
5237 else
5238 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5239 }
5240
5241 /* Allocate space. */
5242 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5243 {
5244 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5245 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5246 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5247 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5248 }
5249
5250 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5251 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5252 a) is dynamic, or
5253 b) is an ifunc, or
5254 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5255 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5256 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1;
5257 if (dyn
5258 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5259 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5260 || (h->needs_plt
5261 && h->def_regular
5262 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5263 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5264 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5265 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5266 {
5267 struct plt_entry *ent;
5268 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5269 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5270
5271 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5272 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5273 {
5274 asection *s = htab->elf.splt;
5275
5276 if (!dyn)
5277 {
5278 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5279 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5280 else
5281 s = htab->pltlocal;
5282 }
5283
5284 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5285 {
5286 if (!doneone)
5287 {
5288 plt_offset = s->size;
5289 s->size += 4;
5290 }
5291 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5292
5293 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5294 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5295 else
5296 {
5297 s = htab->glink;
5298 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5299 {
5300 glink_offset = s->size;
5301 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5302 }
5303 if (!doneone
5304 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5305 && h->def_dynamic
5306 && !h->def_regular)
5307 {
5308 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5309 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5310 }
5311 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5312
5313 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5314 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5315 return FALSE;
5316 }
5317 }
5318 else
5319 {
5320 if (!doneone)
5321 {
5322 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5323 for the special first entry. */
5324 if (s->size == 0)
5325 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5326
5327 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5328 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5329 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5330 word available at the end. */
5331 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5332 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5333 * ((s->size
5334 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5335 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5336
5337 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5338 file, and we are not generating a shared
5339 library, then set the symbol to this location
5340 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5341 relocations, and is required to make
5342 function pointers compare as equal between
5343 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5344 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5345 && h->def_dynamic
5346 && !h->def_regular)
5347 {
5348 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5349 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5350 }
5351
5352 /* Make room for this entry. */
5353 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5354 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5355 is allocated. */
5356 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5357 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5358 / htab->plt_entry_size
5359 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5360 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5361 }
5362 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5363 }
5364
5365 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5366 if (!doneone)
5367 {
5368 if (!dyn)
5369 {
5370 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5371 {
5372 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5373 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5374 }
5375 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5376 {
5377 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5378 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5379 }
5380 }
5381 else
5382 {
5383 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5384
5385 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5386 {
5387 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5388 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5389 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5390 {
5391 if (ent->plt.offset
5392 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5393 {
5394 htab->srelplt2->size
5395 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5396 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5397 }
5398
5399 htab->srelplt2->size
5400 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5401 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5402 }
5403
5404 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5405 .got.plt. */
5406 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5407 }
5408 }
5409 doneone = TRUE;
5410 }
5411 }
5412 else
5413 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5414
5415 if (!doneone)
5416 {
5417 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5418 h->needs_plt = 0;
5419 }
5420 }
5421 else
5422 {
5423 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5424 h->needs_plt = 0;
5425 }
5426
5427 return TRUE;
5428 }
5429
5430 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5431 read-only sections. */
5432
5433 static bfd_boolean
5434 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p)
5435 {
5436 asection *sec;
5437
5438 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5439 return TRUE;
5440
5441 sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h);
5442 if (sec != NULL)
5443 {
5444 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p;
5445
5446 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5447 info->callbacks->minfo
5448 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5449 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
5450
5451 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5452 return FALSE;
5453 }
5454 return TRUE;
5455 }
5456
5457 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5458 {
5459 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5460 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5461 1, /* CIE version. */
5462 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5463 4, /* Code alignment. */
5464 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5465 65, /* RA reg. */
5466 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5467 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5468 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5469 };
5470
5471 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5472
5473 static bfd_boolean
5474 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5475 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5476 {
5477 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5478 asection *s;
5479 bfd_boolean relocs;
5480 bfd *ibfd;
5481
5482 #ifdef DEBUG
5483 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5484 #endif
5485
5486 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5487 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5488
5489 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5490 {
5491 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5492 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5493 {
5494 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5495 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5496 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5497 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5498 }
5499 }
5500
5501 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5502 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5503 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5504 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5505
5506 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5507 relocs. */
5508 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5509 {
5510 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5511 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5512 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5513 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5514 char *lgot_masks;
5515 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5516 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5517
5518 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5519 continue;
5520
5521 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5522 {
5523 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5524
5525 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5526 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5527 p != NULL;
5528 p = p->next)
5529 {
5530 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
5531 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
5532 {
5533 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5534 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5535 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5536 the relocs too. */
5537 }
5538 else if (htab->is_vxworks
5539 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5540 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5541 {
5542 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5543 handled specially by the loader. */
5544 }
5545 else if (p->count != 0)
5546 {
5547 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5548 if (p->ifunc)
5549 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5550 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5551 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5552 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5553 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5554 {
5555 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5556 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5557 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5558 }
5559 }
5560 }
5561 }
5562
5563 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5564 if (!local_got)
5565 continue;
5566
5567 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5568 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5569 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5570 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5571 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5572 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5573
5574 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
5575 if (*local_got > 0)
5576 {
5577 unsigned int need;
5578 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5579 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5580 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5581 if (need == 0)
5582 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5583 else
5584 {
5585 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5586 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5587 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5588 && bfd_link_executable (info)))
5589 {
5590 asection *srel;
5591
5592 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5593 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5594 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5595 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5596 srel->size += need;
5597 }
5598 }
5599 }
5600 else
5601 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5602
5603 if (htab->is_vxworks)
5604 continue;
5605
5606 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5607 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5608 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5609 {
5610 struct plt_entry *ent;
5611 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE;
5612 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5613
5614 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5615 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5616 {
5617 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5618 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5619 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5620 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5621 {
5622 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5623 continue;
5624 }
5625 else
5626 s = htab->pltlocal;
5627
5628 if (!doneone)
5629 {
5630 plt_offset = s->size;
5631 s->size += 4;
5632 }
5633 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5634
5635 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5636 {
5637 s = htab->glink;
5638 glink_offset = s->size;
5639 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5640 }
5641 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5642
5643 if (!doneone)
5644 {
5645 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5646 {
5647 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5648 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5649 }
5650 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5651 {
5652 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5653 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5654 }
5655 doneone = TRUE;
5656 }
5657 }
5658 else
5659 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5660 }
5661 }
5662
5663 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5664 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5665
5666 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5667 {
5668 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5669 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5670 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5671 }
5672 else
5673 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5674
5675 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5676 {
5677 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5678
5679 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5680 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5681 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5682 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5683 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5684 {
5685 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5686 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5687 g_o_t += 4;
5688 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5689 }
5690
5691 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5692 }
5693 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5694 {
5695 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5696
5697 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5698 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5699 }
5700 if (info->emitrelocations)
5701 {
5702 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5703
5704 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5705 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5706 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5707 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5708 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5709 }
5710
5711 if (htab->glink != NULL
5712 && htab->glink->size != 0
5713 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5714 {
5715 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5716 /* Space for the branch table. */
5717 htab->glink->size
5718 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5719 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5720 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5721 ? 63 : 15);
5722 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5723
5724 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5725 {
5726 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5727 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5728 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5729 if (sh == NULL)
5730 return FALSE;
5731 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5732 {
5733 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5734 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5735 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5736 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5737 sh->def_regular = 1;
5738 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5739 sh->forced_local = 1;
5740 sh->non_elf = 0;
5741 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5742 }
5743 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5744 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
5745 if (sh == NULL)
5746 return FALSE;
5747 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5748 {
5749 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5750 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5751 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5752 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5753 sh->def_regular = 1;
5754 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5755 sh->forced_local = 1;
5756 sh->non_elf = 0;
5757 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5758 }
5759 }
5760 }
5761
5762 if (htab->glink != NULL
5763 && htab->glink->size != 0
5764 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5765 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5766 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5767 {
5768 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5769 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5770 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5771 {
5772 s->size += 4;
5773 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5774 s->size += 4;
5775 }
5776 }
5777
5778 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5779 Allocate memory for them. */
5780 relocs = FALSE;
5781 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5782 {
5783 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE;
5784
5785 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5786 continue;
5787
5788 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5789 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5790 {
5791 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5792 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5793 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5794 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5795 strip_section = FALSE;
5796 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5797 comment below. */
5798 }
5799 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5800 || s == htab->pltlocal
5801 || s == htab->glink
5802 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5803 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5804 || s == htab->sbss
5805 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5806 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5807 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5808 {
5809 /* Strip these too. */
5810 }
5811 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5812 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5813 {
5814 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5815 }
5816 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5817 {
5818 if (s->size != 0)
5819 {
5820 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5821 relocs = TRUE;
5822
5823 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5824 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5825 s->reloc_count = 0;
5826 }
5827 }
5828 else
5829 {
5830 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5831 continue;
5832 }
5833
5834 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5835 {
5836 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5837 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5838 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5839 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5840 before the linker maps input sections to output
5841 sections. The linker does that before
5842 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5843 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5844 into these sections. */
5845 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5846 continue;
5847 }
5848
5849 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5850 continue;
5851
5852 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5853 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5854 if (s->contents == NULL)
5855 return FALSE;
5856 }
5857
5858 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5859 {
5860 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5861 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5862 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5863 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5864 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5865 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5866 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5867
5868 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
5869 {
5870 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
5871 return FALSE;
5872 }
5873
5874 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0)
5875 {
5876 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
5877 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
5878 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
5879 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
5880 return FALSE;
5881 }
5882
5883 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5884 && htab->glink != NULL
5885 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5886 {
5887 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5888 return FALSE;
5889 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5890 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5891 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5892 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5893 return FALSE;
5894 }
5895
5896 if (relocs)
5897 {
5898 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
5899 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
5900 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
5901 return FALSE;
5902 }
5903
5904 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5905 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5906 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
5907 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel,
5908 info);
5909
5910 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
5911 {
5912 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
5913 return FALSE;
5914 }
5915 if (htab->is_vxworks
5916 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
5917 return FALSE;
5918 }
5919 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5920
5921 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5922 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5923 {
5924 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5925 bfd_vma val;
5926
5927 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5928 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5929 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5930 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5931 /* FDE length. */
5932 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5933 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5934 p += 4;
5935 /* CIE pointer. */
5936 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5937 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5938 p += 4;
5939 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5940 p += 4;
5941 /* .glink size. */
5942 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5943 p += 4;
5944 /* Augmentation. */
5945 p += 1;
5946
5947 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5948 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5949 {
5950 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5951 if (adv < 64)
5952 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5953 else if (adv < 256)
5954 {
5955 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5956 *p++ = adv;
5957 }
5958 else if (adv < 65536)
5959 {
5960 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5961 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5962 p += 2;
5963 }
5964 else
5965 {
5966 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5967 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5968 p += 4;
5969 }
5970 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5971 *p++ = 65;
5972 p++;
5973 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5974 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5975 *p++ = 65;
5976 }
5977 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5978 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5979 }
5980
5981 return TRUE;
5982 }
5983
5984 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5985 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5986
5987 static void
5988 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
5989 {
5990 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
5991
5992 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
5993 {
5994 asection *s;
5995
5996 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
5997 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5998 {
5999 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
6000 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
6001 {
6002 sda->def_regular = 0;
6003 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6004 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
6005 sda->forced_local = 0;
6006 }
6007 }
6008 }
6009 }
6010
6011 void
6012 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6013 {
6014 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6015
6016 if (htab != NULL)
6017 {
6018 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
6019 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
6020 }
6021 }
6022
6023
6024 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6025
6026 static bfd_boolean
6027 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6028 {
6029 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6030 && !h->def_regular
6031 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6032 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6033 return FALSE;
6034
6035 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6036 }
6037 \f
6038 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6039
6040 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6041 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6042 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6043 {
6044 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6045 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6046 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6047 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6048 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6049 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6050 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6051 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6052 };
6053
6054 static const int stub_entry[] =
6055 {
6056 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6057 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6058 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6059 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6060 };
6061
6062 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6063 {
6064 unsigned int workaround_size;
6065 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6066 };
6067
6068 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6069 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6070 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6071 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6072
6073 static bfd_boolean
6074 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6075 asection *isec,
6076 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6077 bfd_boolean *again)
6078 {
6079 struct one_branch_fixup
6080 {
6081 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6082 asection *tsec;
6083 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6084 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6085 bfd_vma toff;
6086 bfd_vma trampoff;
6087 };
6088
6089 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6090 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6091 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6092 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6093 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6094 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6095 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6096 unsigned changes = 0;
6097 bfd_boolean workaround_change;
6098 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6099 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6100 asection *got2;
6101 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted;
6102
6103 *again = FALSE;
6104
6105 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6106 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6107 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6108 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6109 || isec->size < 4)
6110 return TRUE;
6111
6112 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6113 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6114 anyway. */
6115 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6116 return TRUE;
6117
6118 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6119 if (htab == NULL)
6120 return TRUE;
6121
6122 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6123 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6124 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6125 trampbase = isec->size;
6126
6127 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6128 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6129 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6130
6131 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6132 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6133 {
6134 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6135 {
6136 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6137 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6138 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6139 return FALSE;
6140 }
6141 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6142 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6143 }
6144
6145 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6146 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6147 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6148 trampoff = trampbase;
6149 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6150 trampoff += 4;
6151
6152 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6153 picfixup_size = 0;
6154 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6155 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6156 {
6157 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6158 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6159 {
6160 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6161 link_info->keep_memory);
6162 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6163 goto error_return;
6164 }
6165
6166 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6167
6168 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6169 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6170 {
6171 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6172 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6173 asection *tsec;
6174 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6175 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6176 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
6177 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6178 unsigned long t0;
6179 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6180 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6181 struct plt_entry **plist;
6182 unsigned char sym_type;
6183
6184 switch (r_type)
6185 {
6186 case R_PPC_REL24:
6187 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6188 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6189 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6190 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6191 break;
6192
6193 case R_PPC_REL14:
6194 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6195 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6196 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6197 break;
6198
6199 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6200 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6201 break;
6202 continue;
6203
6204 default:
6205 continue;
6206 }
6207
6208 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6209 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6210 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6211 goto error_return;
6212
6213 if (isym != NULL)
6214 {
6215 if (tsec != NULL)
6216 ;
6217 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6218 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6219 else
6220 continue;
6221
6222 toff = isym->st_value;
6223 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6224 }
6225 else
6226 {
6227 if (tsec != NULL)
6228 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6229 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6230 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6231 {
6232 unsigned long indx;
6233
6234 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6235 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6236 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6237 }
6238 else
6239 continue;
6240
6241 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6242 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6243 branch stub in that case. */
6244 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6245 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6246 && irel != internal_relocs)
6247 {
6248 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6249 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6250 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6251
6252 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6253 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6254 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6255 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6256 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6257 {
6258 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6259
6260 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6261 {
6262 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6263 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6264 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6265 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6266 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6267 }
6268 }
6269 else
6270 {
6271 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6272 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6273
6274 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6275 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6276 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6277
6278 tls_mask
6279 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6280 }
6281
6282 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6283 optimised away. */
6284 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6285 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6286 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6287 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6288 continue;
6289 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6290 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6291 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6292 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6293 continue;
6294 }
6295
6296 sym_type = h->type;
6297 }
6298
6299 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6300 {
6301 if (h != NULL
6302 && !h->def_regular
6303 && h->protected_def
6304 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6305 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6306 picfixup_size += 12;
6307 continue;
6308 }
6309
6310 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6311 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6312 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6313 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6314 plist = NULL;
6315 if (h != NULL)
6316 {
6317 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6318 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6319 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6320 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6321 }
6322 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6323 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6324 {
6325 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6326 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6327 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6328 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6329 }
6330 if (plist != NULL)
6331 {
6332 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6333 struct plt_entry *ent;
6334
6335 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6336 addend = irel->r_addend;
6337 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6338 if (ent != NULL)
6339 {
6340 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6341 || h == NULL
6342 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6343 || h->dynindx == -1)
6344 {
6345 tsec = htab->glink;
6346 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6347 }
6348 else
6349 {
6350 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6351 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6352 }
6353 }
6354 }
6355
6356 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6357 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6358 branch overflow. */
6359 if (tsec == isec)
6360 continue;
6361
6362 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6363 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6364 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6365 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6366 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6367 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6368 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6369 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6370 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6371 continue;
6372
6373 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6374 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6375 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6376 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6377 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6378 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6379 {
6380 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6381 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6382 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6383 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6384 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6385
6386 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6387 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6388 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6389 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6390 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6391 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6392 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6393 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6394 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6395 location of interest is just "sym". */
6396 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6397 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6398 toff += irel->r_addend;
6399
6400 toff
6401 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6402 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6403 toff);
6404
6405 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6406 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6407 toff += irel->r_addend;
6408 }
6409 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6410 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6411 toff += irel->r_addend;
6412
6413 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6414 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6415 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6416 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6417 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6418 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6419 continue;
6420
6421 roff = irel->r_offset;
6422
6423 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6424 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6425 fixup can be created at final link.
6426 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6427 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6428 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6429 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6430 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6431 continue;
6432
6433 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6434 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6435 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6436 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6437 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6438 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6439 {
6440 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
6441
6442 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6443 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6444 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6445 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6446 continue;
6447 }
6448
6449 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6450 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6451 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6452 break;
6453
6454 if (f == NULL)
6455 {
6456 size_t size;
6457 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6458
6459 val = trampoff - roff;
6460 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6461 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6462 one. We'll report an error later. */
6463 continue;
6464
6465 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6466 {
6467 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6468 insn_offset = 12;
6469 }
6470 else
6471 {
6472 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6473 insn_offset = 0;
6474 }
6475 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6476 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6477 || tsec == htab->glink)
6478 {
6479 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6480 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6481 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6482 }
6483
6484 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6485 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6486 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6487 stub_rtype);
6488 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6489 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6490 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6491 irel->r_addend = 0;
6492
6493 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6494 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6495 f->next = branch_fixups;
6496 f->tsec = tsec;
6497 f->toff = toff;
6498 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6499 branch_fixups = f;
6500
6501 trampoff += size;
6502 changes++;
6503 }
6504 else
6505 {
6506 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6507 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6508 continue;
6509
6510 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6511 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6512 }
6513
6514 /* Get the section contents. */
6515 if (contents == NULL)
6516 {
6517 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6518 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6519 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6520 /* Go get them off disk. */
6521 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6522 goto error_return;
6523 }
6524
6525 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6526 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6527 switch (r_type)
6528 {
6529 case R_PPC_REL24:
6530 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6531 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6532 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6533 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6534 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6535 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6536 break;
6537
6538 case R_PPC_REL14:
6539 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6540 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6541 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6542 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6543 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6544 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6545 break;
6546 }
6547 }
6548
6549 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6550 {
6551 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6552 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6553 free (f);
6554 }
6555 }
6556
6557 workaround_change = FALSE;
6558 newsize = trampoff;
6559 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6560 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6561 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6562 {
6563 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6564 unsigned int crossings;
6565 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6566
6567 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6568 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6569 addr &= -pagesize;
6570 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6571 if (crossings != 0)
6572 {
6573 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6574 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6575 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6576 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6577 newsize += crossings * 16;
6578 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6579 {
6580 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6581 workaround_change = TRUE;
6582 }
6583 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6584 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6585 }
6586 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6587 }
6588
6589 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6590 {
6591 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6592 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6593 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6594 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6595 }
6596
6597 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6598 isec->size = newsize;
6599
6600 if (isymbuf != NULL
6601 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6602 {
6603 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6604 free (isymbuf);
6605 else
6606 {
6607 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6608 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6609 }
6610 }
6611
6612 if (contents != NULL
6613 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6614 {
6615 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6616 free (contents);
6617 else
6618 {
6619 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6620 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6621 }
6622 }
6623
6624 changes += picfixup_size;
6625 if (changes != 0)
6626 {
6627 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6628 information for the trampolines. */
6629 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6630 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6631 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6632 unsigned ix;
6633
6634 if (!new_relocs)
6635 goto error_return;
6636 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6637 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6638 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6639 {
6640 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6641
6642 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6643 }
6644 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6645 free (internal_relocs);
6646 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6647 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6648 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6649 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6650 }
6651 else if (internal_relocs != NULL
6652 && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6653 free (internal_relocs);
6654
6655 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6656 return TRUE;
6657
6658 error_return:
6659 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6660 {
6661 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6662 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6663 free (f);
6664 }
6665 if (isymbuf != NULL && (unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6666 free (isymbuf);
6667 if (contents != NULL
6668 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6669 free (contents);
6670 if (internal_relocs != NULL
6671 && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6672 free (internal_relocs);
6673 return FALSE;
6674 }
6675 \f
6676 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6677 discarded sections. */
6678
6679 static unsigned int
6680 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6681 {
6682 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6683 return 0;
6684
6685 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6686 return 0;
6687
6688 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6689 }
6690 \f
6691 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6692
6693 static bfd_vma
6694 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6695 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6696 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6697 bfd_vma relocation,
6698 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6699 {
6700 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6701
6702 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6703
6704 if (h != NULL)
6705 {
6706 /* Handle global symbol. */
6707 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6708
6709 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6710 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6711 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6712 }
6713 else
6714 {
6715 /* Handle local symbol. */
6716 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6717
6718 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6719 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6720 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6721 }
6722
6723 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6724 rel->r_addend,
6725 lsect);
6726 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6727
6728 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6729 as a "written" flag. */
6730 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6731 {
6732 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6733 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6734 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6735 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6736 }
6737
6738 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6739 + lsect->section->output_offset
6740 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6741 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6742
6743 #ifdef DEBUG
6744 fprintf (stderr,
6745 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6746 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6747 #endif
6748
6749 return relocation;
6750 }
6751
6752 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6753 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6754 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6755
6756 static void
6757 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6758 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6759 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6760 {
6761 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6762 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6763 bfd_vma plt;
6764 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6765
6766 if (h != NULL
6767 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6768 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6769 {
6770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6771 p += 4;
6772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6773 p += 4;
6774 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6775 p += 4;
6776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6777 p += 4;
6778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6779 p += 4;
6780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6781 p += 4;
6782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6783 p += 4;
6784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6785 p += 4;
6786 }
6787
6788 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6789 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6790 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6791
6792 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6793 {
6794 bfd_vma got = 0;
6795
6796 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6797 got = (ent->addend
6798 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6799 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6800 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6801 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6802
6803 plt -= got;
6804
6805 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6806 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6807 else
6808 {
6809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6810 p += 4;
6811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6812 }
6813 }
6814 else
6815 {
6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6817 p += 4;
6818 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6819 }
6820 p += 4;
6821 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6822 p += 4;
6823 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6824 p += 4;
6825 while (p < end)
6826 {
6827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6828 p += 4;
6829 }
6830 }
6831
6832 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6833
6834 static bfd_boolean
6835 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6836 {
6837 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6838 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6839 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6840 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6841 }
6842
6843 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6844 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6845 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6846
6847 unsigned int
6848 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6849 {
6850 unsigned int rtra;
6851
6852 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6853 return 0;
6854
6855 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6856 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6857 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6858 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6859 else
6860 return 0;
6861
6862 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6863 /* add -> addi. */
6864 insn = 14 << 26;
6865 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6866 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6867 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6868 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6869 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6870 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6871 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6872 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6873 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6874 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6875 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6876 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6877 else
6878 return 0;
6879 insn |= rtra;
6880 return insn;
6881 }
6882
6883 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6884 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6885 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6886
6887 unsigned int
6888 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6889 {
6890 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6891 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6892 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6893 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6894 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6895 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6896 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6897 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6898 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6899 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6900 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6901 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6902 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6903 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6904 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6905 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6906 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6907 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6908 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6909 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6910 {
6911 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6912 }
6913 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6914 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6915 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6916 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6917 {
6918 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6919 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6920 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6921 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6922 }
6923 else
6924 insn = 0;
6925 return insn;
6926 }
6927
6928 static bfd_boolean
6929 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6930 {
6931 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6932 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6933 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6934 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6935 }
6936
6937 static bfd_boolean
6938 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6939 {
6940 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6941 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6942 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6943 }
6944
6945 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6946 to handle the relocations for a section.
6947
6948 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6949 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6950 zero.
6951
6952 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6953 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6954 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6955 necessary.
6956
6957 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6958 address or the reloc symbol index.
6959
6960 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6961
6962 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6963 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6964
6965 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6966 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6967
6968 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6969 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6970 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6971 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6972 accordingly. */
6973
6974 static bfd_boolean
6975 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6976 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6977 bfd *input_bfd,
6978 asection *input_section,
6979 bfd_byte *contents,
6980 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6981 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6982 asection **local_sections)
6983 {
6984 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6985 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6986 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6987 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6988 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
6989 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
6990 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
6991 asection *got2;
6992 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
6993 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
6994 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
6995 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
6996 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
6997 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6998
6999 #ifdef DEBUG
7000 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7001 "%ld relocations%s",
7002 input_bfd, input_section,
7003 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
7004 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7005 #endif
7006
7007 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
7008 {
7009 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7010 return FALSE;
7011 }
7012
7013 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
7014
7015 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7016 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
7017 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7018
7019 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
7020 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
7021 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
7022 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
7023 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7024 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7025 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
7026 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
7027 ".tls_vars"));
7028 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7029 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7030 rel = wrel = relocs;
7031 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7032 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7033 {
7034 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7035 bfd_vma addend;
7036 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7037 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7038 asection *sec;
7039 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7040 const char *sym_name;
7041 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7042 unsigned long r_symndx;
7043 bfd_vma relocation;
7044 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7045 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7046 bfd_boolean warned;
7047 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7048 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7049 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7050
7051 again:
7052 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7053 sym = NULL;
7054 sec = NULL;
7055 h = NULL;
7056 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7057 warned = FALSE;
7058 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7059
7060 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7061 {
7062 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7063 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7064 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7065
7066 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7067 }
7068 else
7069 {
7070 bfd_boolean ignored;
7071
7072 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7073 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7074 h, sec, relocation,
7075 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7076
7077 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7078 }
7079
7080 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7081 {
7082 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7083 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7084 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7085 howto = NULL;
7086 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7087 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7088
7089 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7090 contents, rel->r_offset);
7091 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7092 wrel->r_info = 0;
7093 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7094
7095 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7096 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7097 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7098 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7099 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7100 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7101 wrel--;
7102
7103 continue;
7104 }
7105
7106 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7107 {
7108 if (got2 != NULL
7109 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7110 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7111 {
7112 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7113 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7114 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7115 }
7116 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7117 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7118 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7119 goto copy_reloc;
7120 }
7121
7122 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7123 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7124 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7125 for the final instruction stream. */
7126 tls_mask = 0;
7127 tls_gd = 0;
7128 if (h != NULL)
7129 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7130 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7131 {
7132 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7133 char *lgot_masks;
7134 local_plt
7135 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7136 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7137 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7138 }
7139
7140 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7141 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7142 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7143 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7144 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7145 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7146 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7147 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7148 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7149 abort ();
7150 switch (r_type)
7151 {
7152 default:
7153 break;
7154
7155 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7156 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7157 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7158 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7159 {
7160 bfd_vma insn;
7161
7162 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7163 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7164 insn &= 31 << 21;
7165 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7166 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7167 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7168 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7169 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7170 }
7171 break;
7172
7173 case R_PPC_TLS:
7174 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7175 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0)
7176 {
7177 bfd_vma insn;
7178
7179 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7180 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7181 if (insn == 0)
7182 abort ();
7183 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7184 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7185 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7186
7187 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7188 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7189 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7190 }
7191 break;
7192
7193 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7194 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7195 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7196 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7197 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7198 break;
7199
7200 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7201 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7202 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7203 {
7204 tls_gdld_hi:
7205 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7206 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7207 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7208 else
7209 {
7210 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7211 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7212 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7213 }
7214 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7215 }
7216 break;
7217
7218 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7219 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7220 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7221 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0)
7222 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7223 break;
7224
7225 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7226 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7227 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0)
7228 {
7229 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7230 bfd_vma offset;
7231
7232 tls_ldgd_opt:
7233 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7234 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7235 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7236 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7237 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7238 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7239 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7240 && rel + 1 < relend
7241 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7242 htab->tls_get_addr))
7243 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7244 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7245 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7246 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7247 intervening code. */
7248 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7249 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7250 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7251 {
7252 /* IE */
7253 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7254 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7255 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7256 {
7257 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7258 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7259 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7260 }
7261 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7262 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7263 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7264 }
7265 else
7266 {
7267 /* LE */
7268 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7269 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7270 if (tls_gd == 0)
7271 {
7272 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7273 for (r_symndx = 0;
7274 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7275 r_symndx++)
7276 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7277 break;
7278 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7279 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7280 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7281 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7282 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7283 + sec->output_offset
7284 + sec->output_section->vma);
7285 }
7286 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7287 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7288 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7289 {
7290 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7291 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7292 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7293 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7295 }
7296 }
7297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7298 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7299 if (tls_gd == 0)
7300 {
7301 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7302 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7303 goto again;
7304 }
7305 }
7306 break;
7307
7308 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7309 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7310 && rel + 1 < relend)
7311 {
7312 unsigned int insn2;
7313 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7314
7315 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7316 {
7317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7318 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7319 break;
7320 }
7321
7322 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7323 {
7324 /* IE */
7325 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7326 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7327 }
7328 else
7329 {
7330 /* LE */
7331 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7332 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7333 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7334 }
7335 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7336 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7337 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7338 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7339 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7340 }
7341 break;
7342
7343 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7344 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7345 && rel + 1 < relend)
7346 {
7347 unsigned int insn2;
7348
7349 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7350 {
7351 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7352 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7353 break;
7354 }
7355
7356 for (r_symndx = 0;
7357 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7358 r_symndx++)
7359 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7360 break;
7361 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7362 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7363 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7364 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7365 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7366 + sec->output_offset
7367 + sec->output_section->vma);
7368
7369 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7370 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7371 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7372 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7373 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7374 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7375 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7376 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7377 goto again;
7378 }
7379 break;
7380 }
7381
7382 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7383 branch_bit = 0;
7384 switch (r_type)
7385 {
7386 default:
7387 break;
7388
7389 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7390 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7391 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7392 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7393 /* Fall through. */
7394
7395 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7396 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7397 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7398 {
7399 unsigned int insn;
7400
7401 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7402 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7403 insn |= branch_bit;
7404
7405 from = (rel->r_offset
7406 + input_section->output_offset
7407 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7408
7409 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7410 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7411 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7412
7413 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7414 }
7415 break;
7416
7417 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7418 {
7419 unsigned int insn;
7420
7421 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7422 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7423 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7424 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7425 {
7426 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7427 {
7428 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7429 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7430 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7431 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7432 }
7433 }
7434 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7435 info->callbacks->einfo
7436 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7437 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7438 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7439 }
7440 break;
7441 }
7442
7443 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7444 && h != NULL
7445 && !h->def_regular
7446 && h->protected_def
7447 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7448 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7449 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7450 {
7451 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7452 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7453 unsigned int insn;
7454
7455 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
7456 {
7457 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7458 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7459 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7460 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7461 {
7462 bfd_byte *p;
7463 bfd_vma off;
7464 bfd_vma got_addr;
7465
7466 p = (contents + input_section->size
7467 - relax_info->workaround_size
7468 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7469 + picfixup_size);
7470 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7471 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7472 info->callbacks->einfo
7473 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7474 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7475
7476 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7477 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7478 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7479 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7480 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7481 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7482 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7483 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7484 insn &= ~0xffff;
7485 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7486 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7487
7488 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7489 insn &= ~0xffff;
7490 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7491 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7492 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7493 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7494
7495 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7496 picfixup_size += 12;
7497
7498 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7499 output is reasonable. */
7500 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7501 wrel++, rel++;
7502 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7503 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7504 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7505
7506 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7507 dynamic reloc. */
7508 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7509 }
7510 else
7511 _bfd_error_handler
7512 /* xgettext:c-format */
7513 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7514 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7515 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7516 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7517 }
7518 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
7519 {
7520 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7521 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7522 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7523 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7524 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7525 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7526 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7527 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7528 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7529 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7530 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7531 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7532 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7533 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7534 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7535 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7536 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7537 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7538 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7539 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7540 {
7541 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7542 relocation = 0;
7543 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7544 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7545 }
7546 else
7547 _bfd_error_handler
7548 /* xgettext:c-format */
7549 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7550 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7551 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7552 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7553 }
7554 }
7555
7556 ifunc = NULL;
7557 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7558 {
7559 struct plt_entry *ent;
7560
7561 if (h != NULL)
7562 {
7563 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7564 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7565 }
7566 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7567 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7568 {
7569 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7570
7571 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7572 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7573 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7574 }
7575
7576 ent = NULL;
7577 if (ifunc != NULL
7578 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7579 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7580 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7581 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7582 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7583 {
7584 addend = 0;
7585 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7586 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7587 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7588 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7589 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7590 addend = rel->r_addend;
7591 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7592 }
7593 if (ent != NULL)
7594 {
7595 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7596 && ent->sec != got2
7597 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7598 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7599 || h == NULL
7600 || h->dynindx == -1))
7601 {
7602 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7603 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7604 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7605 apparently are using code compiled with
7606 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7607 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7608 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7609 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7610 into .got2). */
7611 info->callbacks->einfo
7612 /* xgettext:c-format */
7613 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7614 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7615 }
7616
7617 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7618 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7619 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7620 || h == NULL
7621 || h->dynindx == -1)
7622 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7623 + htab->glink->output_offset
7624 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7625 else
7626 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7627 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7628 + ent->plt.offset);
7629 }
7630 }
7631
7632 addend = rel->r_addend;
7633 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7634 howto = NULL;
7635 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7636 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7637
7638 switch (r_type)
7639 {
7640 default:
7641 break;
7642
7643 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
7644 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7645 {
7646 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7647 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7648 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7649 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7650 /* xgettext:c-format */
7651 info->callbacks->minfo
7652 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7653 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, insn);
7654 else
7655 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
7656 }
7657 break;
7658
7659 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
7660 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7661 {
7662 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
7663 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
7664 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7665 insn |= 2 << 16;
7666 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7667 }
7668 break;
7669 }
7670
7671 tls_type = 0;
7672 switch (r_type)
7673 {
7674 default:
7675 /* xgettext:c-format */
7676 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7677 input_bfd, howto->name);
7678
7679 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7680 ret = FALSE;
7681 goto copy_reloc;
7682
7683 case R_PPC_NONE:
7684 case R_PPC_TLS:
7685 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7686 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7687 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7688 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7689 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7690 goto copy_reloc;
7691
7692 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7693 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7694 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7695 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7696 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7697 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7698 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7699 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7700 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7701 goto dogot;
7702
7703 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7704 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7705 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7706 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7707 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7708 goto dogot;
7709
7710 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7711 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7712 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7713 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7714 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7715 goto dogot;
7716
7717 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7718 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7719 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7720 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7721 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7722 goto dogot;
7723
7724 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7725 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7726 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7727 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7728 tls_mask = 0;
7729 dogot:
7730 {
7731 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7732 offset table. */
7733 bfd_vma off;
7734 bfd_vma *offp;
7735 unsigned long indx;
7736
7737 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7738 abort ();
7739
7740 indx = 0;
7741 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7742 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7743 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7744 else if (h != NULL)
7745 {
7746 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7747 || h->dynindx == -1
7748 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7749 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7750 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7751 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7752 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7753 because of a version file. */
7754 ;
7755 else
7756 {
7757 indx = h->dynindx;
7758 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
7759 }
7760 offp = &h->got.offset;
7761 }
7762 else
7763 {
7764 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7765 abort ();
7766 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7767 }
7768
7769 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7770 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7771 processed this entry. */
7772 off = *offp;
7773 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7774 off &= ~1;
7775 else
7776 {
7777 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7778 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7779 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7780 : 0);
7781
7782 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7783 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7784 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7785 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7786 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7787
7788 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7789 Initialize them all. */
7790 do
7791 {
7792 int tls_ty = 0;
7793
7794 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7795 {
7796 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7797 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7798 }
7799 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7800 {
7801 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7802 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7803 }
7804 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7805 {
7806 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7807 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7808 }
7809 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7810 {
7811 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7812 tls_m = 0;
7813 }
7814
7815 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7816 if (indx != 0
7817 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7818 && (h == NULL
7819 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7820 && !(tls_ty != 0
7821 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7822 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))))
7823 {
7824 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7825 bfd_byte * loc;
7826
7827 if (ifunc != NULL)
7828 {
7829 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7830 if (indx == 0)
7831 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7832 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7833 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7834 }
7835 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7836 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7837 + off);
7838 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7839 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7840 {
7841 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7842 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7843 {
7844 loc = rsec->contents;
7845 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7846 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7847 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
7848 &outrel, loc);
7849 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7850 outrel.r_info
7851 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7852 }
7853 }
7854 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7855 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7856 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7857 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7858 else if (indx != 0)
7859 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7860 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7861 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7862 else
7863 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7864 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7865 {
7866 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7867 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7868 {
7869 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7870 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7871 else
7872 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7873 }
7874 }
7875 loc = rsec->contents;
7876 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
7877 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7878 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
7879 }
7880
7881 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7882 emitting a reloc. */
7883 else
7884 {
7885 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7886
7887 if (tls_ty != 0)
7888 {
7889 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7890 value = 0;
7891 else
7892 {
7893 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7894 value = 0;
7895 else
7896 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7897 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7898 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7899 }
7900
7901 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7902 {
7903 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7904 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7905 value = 1;
7906 }
7907 }
7908 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7909 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7910 }
7911
7912 off += 4;
7913 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7914 off += 4;
7915 }
7916 while (tls_m != 0);
7917
7918 off = *offp;
7919 *offp = off | 1;
7920 }
7921
7922 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7923 abort ();
7924
7925 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7926 {
7927 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7928 {
7929 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7930 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7931 off += 8;
7932 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7933 {
7934 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7935 off += 8;
7936 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7937 {
7938 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7939 off += 4;
7940 }
7941 }
7942 }
7943 }
7944
7945 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7946 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7947 goto copy_reloc;
7948
7949 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7950 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7951 + off
7952 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7953
7954 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7955 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7956 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7957 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7958 if (addend != 0)
7959 info->callbacks->einfo
7960 /* xgettext:c-format */
7961 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7962 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7963 howto->name,
7964 sym_name);
7965 }
7966 break;
7967
7968 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7969 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7970 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7971 at a symbol not in this object. */
7972 if (unresolved_reloc)
7973 {
7974 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7975 h->root.root.string,
7976 input_bfd,
7977 input_section,
7978 rel->r_offset,
7979 TRUE);
7980 goto copy_reloc;
7981 }
7982 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7983 {
7984 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7985 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7986 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7987 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7988 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7989 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7990 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7991 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7992 /* xgettext:c-format */
7993 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7994 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7995 h->root.root.string);
7996 }
7997 break;
7998
7999 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8000 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8001 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
8002 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8003 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8004 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8005 break;
8006
8007 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8008 object. */
8009 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8010 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8011 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
8012 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8013 if (h != NULL
8014 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8015 && h->dynindx == -1)
8016 {
8017 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8018 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8019 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8020 defined before using them. */
8021 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
8022 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8023 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
8024 if (insn != 0)
8025 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8026 break;
8027 }
8028 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8029 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8030 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8031 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8032 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8033 goto dodyn;
8034
8035 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8036 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8037 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8038 goto dodyn;
8039
8040 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8041 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8042 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8043 goto dodyn;
8044
8045 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8046 relocation = 1;
8047 addend = 0;
8048 goto dodyn;
8049
8050 case R_PPC_REL16:
8051 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8052 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8053 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8054 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8055 break;
8056
8057 case R_PPC_REL32:
8058 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8059 break;
8060 /* fall through */
8061
8062 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8063 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8064 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8065 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8066 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8067 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8068 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8069 goto dodyn;
8070
8071 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8072 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8073 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8074 case R_PPC_REL24:
8075 case R_PPC_REL14:
8076 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8077 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8078 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8079 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8080 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8081 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8082 break;
8083 /* fall through */
8084
8085 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8086 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8087 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8088 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8089 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8090 break;
8091 /* fall through */
8092
8093 dodyn:
8094 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8095 || is_vxworks_tls)
8096 break;
8097
8098 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8099 ? ((h == NULL
8100 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8101 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8102 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8103 : (h != NULL
8104 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8105 {
8106 int skip;
8107 bfd_byte *loc;
8108 asection *sreloc;
8109 long indx = 0;
8110
8111 #ifdef DEBUG
8112 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8113 "create relocation for %s\n",
8114 (h && h->root.root.string
8115 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8116 #endif
8117
8118 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8119 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8120 time. */
8121 skip = 0;
8122 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8123 input_section,
8124 rel->r_offset);
8125 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8126 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8127 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8128 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8129 + input_section->output_offset);
8130
8131 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8132 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8133 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8134 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8135 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8136 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8137 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8138
8139 if (skip)
8140 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8141 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8142 {
8143 indx = h->dynindx;
8144 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8145 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8146 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8147 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8148 }
8149 else
8150 {
8151 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8152
8153 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8154 {
8155 if (ifunc != NULL)
8156 {
8157 /* If we get here when building a static
8158 executable, then the libc startup function
8159 responsible for applying indirect function
8160 relocations is going to complain about
8161 the reloc type.
8162 If we get here when building a dynamic
8163 executable, it will be because we have
8164 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8165 will set the text segment writable and
8166 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8167 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8168 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8169 info->callbacks->einfo
8170 /* xgettext:c-format */
8171 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8172 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8173 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8174 howto->name,
8175 sym_name);
8176 ret = FALSE;
8177 }
8178 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8179 ;
8180 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8181 {
8182 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8183 ret = FALSE;
8184 }
8185 else
8186 {
8187 asection *osec;
8188
8189 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8190 against a section symbol. It would be
8191 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8192 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8193 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8194 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8195 osec = sec->output_section;
8196 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8197 {
8198 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8199 indx = 0;
8200 }
8201 else
8202 {
8203 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8204 if (indx == 0)
8205 {
8206 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8207 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8208 }
8209 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8210 }
8211
8212 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8213 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8214 addend for them. */
8215 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8216 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8217 }
8218
8219 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8220 }
8221 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8222 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8223 else
8224 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8225 }
8226
8227 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8228 if (ifunc)
8229 {
8230 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8231 if (indx == 0)
8232 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8233 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8234 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8235 }
8236 if (sreloc == NULL)
8237 return FALSE;
8238
8239 loc = sreloc->contents;
8240 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8241 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
8242
8243 if (skip == -1)
8244 goto copy_reloc;
8245
8246 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8247 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8248 if (!skip)
8249 {
8250 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8251 addend = 0;
8252 break;
8253 }
8254 }
8255 break;
8256
8257 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8258 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8259 if (h != NULL)
8260 {
8261 struct plt_entry *ent;
8262 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8263
8264 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8265 {
8266 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8267 got2_addend = addend;
8268 addend = 0;
8269 }
8270 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8271 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8272 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8273 + htab->glink->output_offset
8274 + ent->glink_offset);
8275 else
8276 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8277 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8278 + ent->plt.offset);
8279 }
8280 /* Fall through. */
8281
8282 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8283 {
8284 const int *stub;
8285 size_t size;
8286 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8287 unsigned int insn;
8288
8289 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8290 {
8291 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8292 + input_section->output_offset
8293 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8294 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8295 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8296 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8297 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8298 stub += 3;
8299 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8300 }
8301 else
8302 {
8303 stub = stub_entry;
8304 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8305 }
8306
8307 relocation += addend;
8308 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8309 relocation = 0;
8310
8311 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8312 insn = *stub++;
8313 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8314 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8315 insn_offset += 4;
8316
8317 insn = *stub++;
8318 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8319 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8320 insn_offset += 4;
8321 size -= 2;
8322
8323 while (size != 0)
8324 {
8325 insn = *stub++;
8326 --size;
8327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8328 insn_offset += 4;
8329 }
8330
8331 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8332 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8333 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8334 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8335 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8336 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8337 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8338 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8339 wrel++, rel++;
8340 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8341 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8342 }
8343 continue;
8344
8345 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8346 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8347 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8348 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8349 {
8350 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8351 break;
8352 }
8353 relocation
8354 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8355 h, relocation, rel);
8356 addend = 0;
8357 break;
8358
8359 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8360 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8361 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8362 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8363 {
8364 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8365 break;
8366 }
8367 relocation
8368 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8369 h, relocation, rel);
8370 addend = 0;
8371 break;
8372
8373 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8374 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8375 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8376 AIX .toc section. */
8377 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8378 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8379 {
8380 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8381 break;
8382 }
8383 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8384 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8385
8386 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8387 break;
8388
8389 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8390 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8391 {
8392 struct plt_entry *ent;
8393
8394 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8395 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8396 if (ent == NULL
8397 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8398 {
8399 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8400 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8401 using -Bsymbolic. */
8402 }
8403 else
8404 {
8405 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8406 procedure linkage table. */
8407 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8408 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8409 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8410 + htab->glink->output_offset
8411 + ent->glink_offset);
8412 else
8413 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8414 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8415 + ent->plt.offset);
8416 }
8417 }
8418
8419 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8420 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8421 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8422 addend = 0;
8423 break;
8424
8425 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8426 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8427 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8428 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8429 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8430 plt_list = NULL;
8431 if (h != NULL)
8432 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8433 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8434 plt_list = ifunc;
8435 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8436 {
8437 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8438 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8439 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8440 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8441 }
8442 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8443 if (plt_list != NULL)
8444 {
8445 struct plt_entry *ent;
8446
8447 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8448 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8449 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8450 {
8451 asection *plt;
8452
8453 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8454 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8455 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
8456 || h == NULL
8457 || h->dynindx == -1)
8458 {
8459 if (ifunc != NULL)
8460 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8461 else
8462 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8463 }
8464 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8465 + plt->output_offset
8466 + ent->plt.offset);
8467 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8468 {
8469 bfd_vma got = 0;
8470
8471 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8472 got = (ent->addend
8473 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8474 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8475 else
8476 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8477 relocation -= got;
8478 }
8479 }
8480 }
8481 addend = 0;
8482 break;
8483
8484 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8485 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8486 {
8487 const char *name;
8488 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8489
8490 if (sec == NULL
8491 || sec->output_section == NULL
8492 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8493 {
8494 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8495 break;
8496 }
8497 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8498
8499 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8500 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8501 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8502 {
8503 _bfd_error_handler
8504 /* xgettext:c-format */
8505 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8506 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8507 input_bfd,
8508 sym_name,
8509 howto->name,
8510 name);
8511 }
8512 }
8513 break;
8514
8515 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8516 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8517 {
8518 const char *name;
8519 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8520
8521 if (sec == NULL
8522 || sec->output_section == NULL
8523 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8524 {
8525 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8526 break;
8527 }
8528 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8529
8530 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8531 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8532 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8533 {
8534 _bfd_error_handler
8535 /* xgettext:c-format */
8536 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8537 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8538 input_bfd,
8539 sym_name,
8540 howto->name,
8541 name);
8542 }
8543 }
8544 break;
8545
8546 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8547 relocation = relocation + addend;
8548 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8549 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8550 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8551 goto copy_reloc;
8552
8553 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8554 relocation = relocation + addend;
8555 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8556 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8557 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8558 goto copy_reloc;
8559
8560 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8561 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8562 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8563 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8564 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8565 goto copy_reloc;
8566
8567 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8568 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8569 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8570 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8571 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8572 goto copy_reloc;
8573
8574 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8575 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8576 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8577 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8578 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8579 goto copy_reloc;
8580
8581 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8582 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8583 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8584 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8585 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8586 goto copy_reloc;
8587
8588 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8589 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8590 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8591 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8592 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8593 {
8594 const char *name;
8595 int reg;
8596 unsigned int insn;
8597 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8598
8599 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8600 {
8601 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8602 break;
8603 }
8604
8605 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8606 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8607 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8608 {
8609 reg = 13;
8610 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8611 }
8612 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8613 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8614 {
8615 reg = 2;
8616 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8617 }
8618 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8619 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8620 {
8621 reg = 0;
8622 }
8623 else
8624 {
8625 _bfd_error_handler
8626 /* xgettext:c-format */
8627 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8628 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8629 input_bfd,
8630 sym_name,
8631 howto->name,
8632 name);
8633
8634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8635 ret = FALSE;
8636 goto copy_reloc;
8637 }
8638
8639 if (sda != NULL)
8640 {
8641 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8642 {
8643 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8644 break;
8645 }
8646 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8647 }
8648
8649 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8650 break;
8651
8652 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8653 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8654 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8655 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8656 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8657 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8658 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8659 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8660 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8661
8662 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8663 if (reg == 0
8664 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8665 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8666 {
8667 relocation = relocation + addend;
8668 addend = 0;
8669
8670 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8671 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8672 insn |= 28u << 26;
8673
8674 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8675 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8676 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8677 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8678 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8679 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8680 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8681
8682 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8683
8684 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8685 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8686 goto overflow;
8687 goto copy_reloc;
8688 }
8689 /* Fill in register field. */
8690 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8691 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8692 }
8693 break;
8694
8695 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8696 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8697 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8698 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8699 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8700 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8701 {
8702 bfd_vma value;
8703 const char *name;
8704 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8705
8706 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8707 {
8708 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8709 break;
8710 }
8711
8712 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8713 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8714 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8715 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8716 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8717 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8718 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8719 else
8720 {
8721 _bfd_error_handler
8722 /* xgettext:c-format */
8723 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8724 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8725 input_bfd,
8726 sym_name,
8727 howto->name,
8728 name);
8729
8730 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8731 ret = FALSE;
8732 goto copy_reloc;
8733 }
8734
8735 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8736 {
8737 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8738 break;
8739 }
8740 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8741
8742 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8743 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8744 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8745 split16a_type,
8746 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8747 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8748 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8749 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8750 split16d_type,
8751 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8752 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8753 {
8754 value = value >> 16;
8755 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8756 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8757 split16a_type,
8758 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8759 }
8760 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8761 {
8762 value = value >> 16;
8763 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8764 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8765 split16d_type,
8766 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8767 }
8768 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8769 {
8770 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8771 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8772 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8773 split16a_type,
8774 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8775 }
8776 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8777 {
8778 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8779 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8780 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8781 split16d_type,
8782 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8783 }
8784 }
8785 goto copy_reloc;
8786
8787 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8788 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation);
8789 goto copy_reloc;
8790
8791 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8792 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8793 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8794 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8795 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8796 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8797 {
8798 unresolved_reloc = TRUE;
8799 break;
8800 }
8801 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8802 break;
8803
8804 /* Negative relocations. */
8805 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8806 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8807 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8808 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8809 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8810 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8811 break;
8812
8813 case R_PPC_COPY:
8814 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8815 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8816 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8817 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8818 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8819 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8820 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8821 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8822 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8823 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8824 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8825 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8826 /* xgettext:c-format */
8827 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8828 input_bfd, howto->name);
8829
8830 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8831 ret = FALSE;
8832 goto copy_reloc;
8833 }
8834
8835 switch (r_type)
8836 {
8837 default:
8838 break;
8839
8840 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8841 if (unresolved_reloc)
8842 {
8843 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8844 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8845 insn &= 1;
8846 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8847 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8848 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8849 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8850 }
8851 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8852 info->callbacks->einfo
8853 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8854 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8855 howto->name);
8856 break;
8857
8858 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8859 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8860 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8861 if (unresolved_reloc)
8862 {
8863 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8864 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8865 unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
8866 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8867 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8868 }
8869 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8870 info->callbacks->einfo
8871 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8872 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8873 howto->name);
8874 break;
8875 }
8876
8877 /* Do any further special processing. */
8878 switch (r_type)
8879 {
8880 default:
8881 break;
8882
8883 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8884 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8885 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8886 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8887 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8888 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8889 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8890 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8891 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8892 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8893 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8894 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8895 if (sec == NULL)
8896 break;
8897 /* Fall through. */
8898
8899 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8900 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8901 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8902 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8903 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8904 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8905 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8906 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8907 addend += 0x8000;
8908 break;
8909
8910 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8911 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8912 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8913 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8914 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8915 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8916 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8917 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8918 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8919 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8920 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8921 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8922 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8923 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8924 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8925 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8926 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
8927 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
8928 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
8929 {
8930 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8931 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8932 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8933 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
8934
8935 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
8936 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
8937 mask = 0;
8938 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
8939 mask = 3;
8940 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
8941 mask = 15;
8942 else
8943 break;
8944 relocation += addend;
8945 addend = insn & mask;
8946 lobit = mask & relocation;
8947 if (lobit != 0)
8948 {
8949 relocation ^= lobit;
8950 info->callbacks->einfo
8951 /* xgettext:c-format */
8952 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8953 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8954 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
8955 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8956 ret = FALSE;
8957 }
8958 }
8959 break;
8960 }
8961
8962 #ifdef DEBUG
8963 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8964 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8965 howto->name,
8966 (int) r_type,
8967 sym_name,
8968 r_symndx,
8969 (long) rel->r_offset,
8970 (long) addend);
8971 #endif
8972
8973 if (unresolved_reloc
8974 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
8975 && h->def_dynamic)
8976 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
8977 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
8978 {
8979 info->callbacks->einfo
8980 /* xgettext:c-format */
8981 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8982 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8983 howto->name,
8984 sym_name);
8985 ret = FALSE;
8986 }
8987
8988 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8989 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8990 have different reloc types. */
8991 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
8992 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
8993 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
8994 {
8995 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
8996
8997 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
8998 {
8999 unsigned int insn;
9000
9001 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
9002 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9003 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
9004 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9005 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9006 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9007 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
9008 }
9009 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
9010 {
9011 alt_howto = *howto;
9012 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
9013 howto = &alt_howto;
9014 }
9015 }
9016
9017 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
9018 {
9019 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9020 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size)
9021 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
9022 else
9023 {
9024 unsigned int insn;
9025
9026 relocation += addend;
9027 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
9028 + input_section->output_offset
9029 + input_section->output_section->vma);
9030 relocation >>= 16;
9031 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9032 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9033 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9034 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9035 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9036 }
9037 }
9038 else
9039 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9040 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9041
9042 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9043 {
9044 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9045 {
9046 overflow:
9047 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9048 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9049 if (!warned
9050 && !(h != NULL
9051 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9052 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9053 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9054 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9055 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9056 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9057 }
9058 else
9059 {
9060 info->callbacks->einfo
9061 /* xgettext:c-format */
9062 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9063 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9064 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9065 ret = FALSE;
9066 }
9067 }
9068 copy_reloc:
9069 if (wrel != rel)
9070 *wrel = *rel;
9071 }
9072
9073 if (wrel != rel)
9074 {
9075 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9076 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9077
9078 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9079 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9080 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9081 {
9082 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9083 one NONE reloc.
9084 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9085 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9086 deleted -= 1;
9087 wrel++;
9088 }
9089 relend = wrel;
9090 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9091 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9092 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9093 }
9094
9095 #ifdef DEBUG
9096 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9097 #endif
9098
9099 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9100 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9101 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9102 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9103 {
9104 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9105 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9106 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9107 }
9108
9109 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9110 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9111 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9112 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9113 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9114 {
9115 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9116 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9117
9118 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9119 {
9120 bfd_byte *p;
9121 unsigned int n;
9122 bfd_byte fill[4];
9123
9124 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9125 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9126 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9127 while (n--)
9128 {
9129 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9130 p += 4;
9131 }
9132 }
9133
9134 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9135 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9136 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9137 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9138 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9139
9140 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9141 + input_section->output_offset);
9142 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9143 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9144 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9145 addr < end_addr;
9146 addr += pagesize)
9147 {
9148 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9149 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9150 bfd_boolean is_data;
9151 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9152 unsigned int insn;
9153
9154 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9155 the word alone. */
9156 is_data = FALSE;
9157 lo = relocs;
9158 hi = relend;
9159 rel = NULL;
9160 while (lo < hi)
9161 {
9162 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9163 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9164 lo = rel + 1;
9165 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9166 hi = rel;
9167 else
9168 {
9169 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9170 {
9171 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9172 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9173 case R_PPC_REL32:
9174 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9175 is_data = TRUE;
9176 break;
9177 default:
9178 break;
9179 }
9180 break;
9181 }
9182 }
9183 if (is_data)
9184 continue;
9185
9186 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9187 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9188 avoid the icache failure.
9189
9190 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9191 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9192 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9193 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9194 unconditional branches:
9195 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9196 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9197 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9198 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9199 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9200 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9201 instruction is not executed.
9202
9203 A bctr example:
9204 .
9205 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9206 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9207 . mtctr 9
9208 . bctr
9209 . nop
9210 . nop
9211 . new_page:
9212 .
9213 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9214 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9215 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9216 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9217 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9218 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9219 place:
9220 .
9221 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9222 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9223 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9224 . bctr bctr
9225 . nop b somewhere_else
9226 . b somewhere_else nop
9227 . new_page: new_page:
9228 . */
9229 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9230 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9231 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9232 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9233 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9234 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9235 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9236 continue;
9237
9238 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9239 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9240 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9241 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9242 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9243
9244 if (rel != NULL
9245 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9246 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9247 {
9248 asection *sreloc;
9249
9250 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9251 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9252 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9253 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9254 {
9255 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9256
9257 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9258 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9259 relend[-1] = tmp;
9260 }
9261 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9262
9263 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9264 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9265 {
9266 case R_PPC_REL16:
9267 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9268 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9269 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9270 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9271 break;
9272 default:
9273 break;
9274 }
9275
9276 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9277 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9278 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9279 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9280 if (sreloc != NULL)
9281 {
9282 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9283 bfd_vma soffset;
9284
9285 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9286 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9287 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9288 + input_section->output_offset);
9289 while (slo < shi)
9290 {
9291 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9292 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9293 &outrel);
9294 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9295 slo = srel + 1;
9296 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9297 shi = srel;
9298 else
9299 {
9300 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9301 {
9302 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9303 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9304 srel = srelend - 1;
9305 }
9306 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9307 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9308 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9309 break;
9310 }
9311 }
9312 }
9313 }
9314 else
9315 rel = NULL;
9316
9317 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9318 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9319 {
9320 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9321
9322 delta += offset - patch_off;
9323 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9324 delta = 0;
9325 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9326 {
9327 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9328
9329 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9330 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9331 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9332 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9333 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9334 else
9335 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9336
9337 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9338 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9339 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9340 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9341 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9342 }
9343 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9344 {
9345 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9346 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9347 contents + patch_off);
9348 patch_off += 4;
9349 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9350 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9351 contents + patch_off);
9352 patch_off += 4;
9353 }
9354 else
9355 {
9356 if (rel != NULL)
9357 {
9358 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9359
9360 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9361 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9362 }
9363 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9364 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9365 contents + patch_off);
9366 patch_off += 4;
9367 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9368 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9369 contents + patch_off);
9370 patch_off += 4;
9371 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9372 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9373 contents + patch_off);
9374 patch_off += 4;
9375 }
9376 }
9377 else
9378 {
9379 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9380 patch_off += 4;
9381 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9382 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9383 contents + patch_off);
9384 patch_off += 4;
9385 }
9386 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9387 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9388 }
9389 }
9390
9391 return ret;
9392 }
9393 \f
9394 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9395
9396 static bfd_boolean
9397 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9398 {
9399 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9400 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9401 struct plt_entry *ent;
9402 bfd_boolean doneone;
9403
9404 doneone = FALSE;
9405 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9406 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9407 {
9408 if (!doneone)
9409 {
9410 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9411 bfd_byte *loc;
9412 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9413 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9414 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9415
9416 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9417 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9418 || h->dynindx == -1)
9419 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9420 else
9421 {
9422 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9423 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9424 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9425 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9426 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9427 }
9428
9429 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9430 Set it up. */
9431 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS
9432 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9433 && h->dynindx != -1)
9434 {
9435 bfd_vma got_offset;
9436 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9437
9438 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9439 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9440
9441 /* Use the right PLT. */
9442 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9443 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9444
9445 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9446 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9447 {
9448 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9449 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9450 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9451 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9452 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9453 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9454 }
9455 else
9456 {
9457 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9458
9459 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9460 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9461 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9462 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9463 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9464 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9465 }
9466
9467 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9468 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9469 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9470 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9471
9472 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9473 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9474 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9475 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9476 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9477 prescaled offset. */
9478 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9479 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9480 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9481 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9482 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9483 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9484 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9485 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9486 offset. */
9487 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9488 (plt_entry[5]
9489 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9490 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9491 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9492 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9493 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9494 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9495
9496 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9497 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9498 in this PLT entry. */
9499 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9500 + plt->output_offset
9501 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9502 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9503
9504 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9505 {
9506 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9507 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9508 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9509 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9510 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9511
9512 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9513 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9514 + plt->output_offset
9515 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9516 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9517 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9518 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9519 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9520 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9521
9522 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9523 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9524 + plt->output_offset
9525 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9526 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9527 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9528 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9529 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9530 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9531
9532 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9533 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9534 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9535 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9536 + got_offset);
9537 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9538 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9539 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9540 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9541 }
9542
9543 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9544 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9545 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9546 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9547 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9548 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9549 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9550 + got_offset);
9551 rela.r_addend = 0;
9552 }
9553 else
9554 {
9555 rela.r_addend = 0;
9556 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9557 || h->dynindx == -1)
9558 {
9559 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9560 {
9561 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9562 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9563 }
9564 else
9565 {
9566 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9567 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9568 }
9569 if (h->def_regular
9570 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9571 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9572 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9573 }
9574
9575 if (relplt == NULL)
9576 {
9577 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9578 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9579 }
9580 else
9581 {
9582 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9583 + plt->output_offset
9584 + ent->plt.offset);
9585
9586 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
9587 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9588 || h->dynindx == -1)
9589 {
9590 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9591 linker will fill it in. */
9592 }
9593 else
9594 {
9595 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9596 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9597 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9598 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9599 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9600 }
9601 }
9602 }
9603
9604 if (relplt != NULL)
9605 {
9606 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9607 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9608 || h->dynindx == -1)
9609 {
9610 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9611 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9612 else
9613 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9614 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9615 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9616 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9617 }
9618 else
9619 {
9620 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9621 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9622 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9623 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9624 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9625 }
9626 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9627 }
9628 doneone = TRUE;
9629 }
9630
9631 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
9632 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9633 || h->dynindx == -1)
9634 {
9635 unsigned char *p;
9636 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9637
9638 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
9639 || h->dynindx == -1)
9640 {
9641 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9642 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9643 else
9644 break;
9645 }
9646
9647 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9648 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9649
9650 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9651 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9652 break;
9653 }
9654 else
9655 break;
9656 }
9657 return TRUE;
9658 }
9659
9660 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9661
9662 bfd_boolean
9663 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9664 {
9665 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9666 bfd *ibfd;
9667
9668 if (!htab)
9669 return TRUE;
9670
9671 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9672
9673 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9674 {
9675 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9676 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9677 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9678 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9679 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9680 struct plt_entry *ent;
9681
9682 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9683 continue;
9684
9685 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9686 if (!local_got)
9687 continue;
9688
9689 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9690 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9691 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9692 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9693 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9694 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9695 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9696 {
9697 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9698 {
9699 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9700 asection *sym_sec;
9701 asection *plt, *relplt;
9702 bfd_byte *loc;
9703 bfd_vma val;
9704 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9705 unsigned char *p;
9706
9707 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9708 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9709 {
9710 if (local_syms != NULL
9711 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9712 free (local_syms);
9713 return FALSE;
9714 }
9715
9716 val = sym->st_value;
9717 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9718 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9719
9720 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9721 {
9722 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9723 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9724 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9725 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9726 }
9727 else
9728 {
9729 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9730 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9731 {
9732 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9733 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9734 }
9735 else
9736 {
9737 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9738 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9739 continue;
9740 }
9741 }
9742
9743 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9744 + plt->output_offset
9745 + plt->output_section->vma);
9746 rela.r_addend = val;
9747 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9748 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9749 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9750
9751 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9752 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9753 }
9754 }
9755
9756 if (local_syms != NULL
9757 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9758 {
9759 if (!info->keep_memory)
9760 free (local_syms);
9761 else
9762 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9763 }
9764 }
9765 return TRUE;
9766 }
9767
9768 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9769 dynamic sections here. */
9770
9771 static bfd_boolean
9772 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9773 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9774 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9775 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9776 {
9777 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9778 struct plt_entry *ent;
9779
9780 #ifdef DEBUG
9781 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9782 h->root.root.string);
9783 #endif
9784
9785 if (!h->def_regular
9786 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9787 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9788 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9789 {
9790 if (!h->def_regular)
9791 {
9792 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9793 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9794 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9795 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9796 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9797 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9798 to zero. */
9799 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9800 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9801 sym->st_value = 0;
9802 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9803 {
9804 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9805 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9806 function pointer. */
9807 sym->st_value = 0;
9808 }
9809 }
9810 else
9811 {
9812 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9813 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9814 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9815 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9816 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9817 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9818 relocation. */
9819 sym->st_shndx
9820 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9821 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9822 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9823 + htab->glink->output_offset
9824 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9825 }
9826 break;
9827 }
9828
9829 if (h->needs_copy)
9830 {
9831 asection *s;
9832 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9833 bfd_byte *loc;
9834
9835 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9836
9837 #ifdef DEBUG
9838 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9839 #endif
9840
9841 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9842
9843 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9844 s = htab->relsbss;
9845 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9846 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9847 else
9848 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9849 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9850
9851 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9852 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9853 rela.r_addend = 0;
9854 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9855 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
9856 }
9857
9858 #ifdef DEBUG
9859 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9860 #endif
9861
9862 return TRUE;
9863 }
9864 \f
9865 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9866 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9867 const asection *rel_sec,
9868 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9869 {
9870 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9871
9872 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9873 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9874
9875 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9876 {
9877 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9878 return reloc_class_relative;
9879 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9880 return reloc_class_plt;
9881 case R_PPC_COPY:
9882 return reloc_class_copy;
9883 default:
9884 return reloc_class_normal;
9885 }
9886 }
9887 \f
9888 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9889
9890 static bfd_boolean
9891 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9892 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9893 {
9894 asection *sdyn;
9895 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9896 bfd_vma got;
9897 bfd *dynobj;
9898 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
9899
9900 #ifdef DEBUG
9901 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9902 #endif
9903
9904 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9905 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9906 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9907
9908 got = 0;
9909 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9910 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9911
9912 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9913 {
9914 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9915
9916 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9917
9918 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9919 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9920 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9921 {
9922 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9923 asection *s;
9924
9925 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9926
9927 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9928 {
9929 case DT_PLTGOT:
9930 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9931 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9932 else
9933 s = htab->elf.splt;
9934 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9935 break;
9936
9937 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
9938 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
9939 break;
9940
9941 case DT_JMPREL:
9942 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
9943 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9944 break;
9945
9946 case DT_PPC_GOT:
9947 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
9948 break;
9949
9950 case DT_TEXTREL:
9951 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
9952 info->callbacks->einfo
9953 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9954 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9955 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
9956 info->callbacks->einfo
9957 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9958 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9959 continue;
9960
9961 default:
9962 if (htab->is_vxworks
9963 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
9964 break;
9965 continue;
9966 }
9967
9968 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
9969 }
9970 }
9971
9972 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
9973 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
9974 {
9975 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
9976 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
9977 {
9978 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
9979
9980 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
9981 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9982 {
9983 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9984 so that a function can easily find the address of
9985 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9986 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
9987 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9988 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
9989 }
9990
9991 if (sdyn != NULL)
9992 {
9993 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
9994 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
9995 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
9996 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
9997 }
9998 }
9999 else
10000 {
10001 /* xgettext:c-format */
10002 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10003 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
10004 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
10005 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
10006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
10007 ret = FALSE;
10008 }
10009
10010 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
10011 }
10012
10013 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10014 if (htab->is_vxworks
10015 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
10016 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
10017 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10018 {
10019 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
10020 /* Use the right PLT. */
10021 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
10022 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10023 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
10024
10025 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
10026 {
10027 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
10028
10029 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
10030 splt->contents + 0);
10031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
10032 splt->contents + 4);
10033 }
10034 else
10035 {
10036 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10038 }
10039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10041 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10045
10046 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10047 {
10048 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10049 bfd_byte *loc;
10050
10051 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10052
10053 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10054 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10055 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10056 + 2);
10057 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10058 rela.r_addend = 0;
10059 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10060 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10061
10062 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10063 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10064 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10065 + 6);
10066 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10067 rela.r_addend = 0;
10068 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10069 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10070
10071 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10072 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10073 in which symbols were output. */
10074 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10075 {
10076 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10077
10078 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10079 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10080 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10081 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10082
10083 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10084 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10085 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10086 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10087
10088 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10089 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10090 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10091 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10092 }
10093 }
10094 }
10095
10096 if (htab->glink != NULL
10097 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10098 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10099 {
10100 unsigned char *p;
10101 unsigned char *endp;
10102 bfd_vma res0;
10103
10104 /*
10105 * PIC glink code is the following:
10106 *
10107 * # ith PLT code stub.
10108 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10109 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10110 * mtctr 11
10111 * bctr
10112 *
10113 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10114 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10115 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10116 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10117 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10118 * .
10119 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10120 * res_n_m3: nop
10121 * res_n_m2: nop
10122 * res_n_m1:
10123 *
10124 * PLTresolve:
10125 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10126 * mflr 0
10127 * bcl 20,31,1f
10128 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10129 * mflr 12
10130 * mtlr 0
10131 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10132 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10133 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10134 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10135 * mtctr 0
10136 * add 0,11,11
10137 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10138 * bctr
10139 *
10140 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10141 *
10142 * # ith PLT code stub.
10143 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10144 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10145 * mtctr 11
10146 * bctr
10147 *
10148 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10149 *
10150 * PLTresolve:
10151 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10152 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10153 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10154 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10155 * mtctr 0
10156 * add 0,11,11
10157 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10158 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10159 * bctr
10160 */
10161
10162 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10163 and perhaps some padding. */
10164 p = htab->glink->contents;
10165 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10166 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10167 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10168 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10169 {
10170 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10171 p += 4;
10172 }
10173 while (p < endp)
10174 {
10175 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10176 p += 4;
10177 }
10178
10179 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10180 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10181 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10182
10183 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10184 {
10185 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10186 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10187 glink branch table. */
10188 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10189 bfd_vma page_addr;
10190 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10191 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10192
10193 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10194 page_addr > glink_start;
10195 page_addr -= pagesize)
10196 {
10197 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10198 bfd_byte *loc;
10199 unsigned int insn;
10200
10201 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10202 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10203 if (insn == BCTR)
10204 {
10205 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10206 one other call stub before this one. */
10207 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10208 if (insn == BCTR)
10209 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10210 else
10211 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10212 }
10213 }
10214 }
10215
10216 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10217 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10218 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10219 {
10220 bfd_vma bcl;
10221
10222 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10223 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10224 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10225
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10227 p += 4;
10228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10229 p += 4;
10230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10231 p += 4;
10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10233 p += 4;
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10235 p += 4;
10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10237 p += 4;
10238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10239 p += 4;
10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10241 p += 4;
10242 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10243 {
10244 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10245 p += 4;
10246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10247 p += 4;
10248 }
10249 else
10250 {
10251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10252 p += 4;
10253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10254 p += 4;
10255 }
10256 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10257 p += 4;
10258 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10259 }
10260 else
10261 {
10262 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10263 p += 4;
10264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10265 p += 4;
10266 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10268 else
10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10270 p += 4;
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10272 p += 4;
10273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10274 p += 4;
10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10276 p += 4;
10277 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10279 else
10280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10281 }
10282 p += 4;
10283 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10284 p += 4;
10285 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10286 p += 4;
10287 while (p < endp)
10288 {
10289 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10290 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10291 p += 4;
10292 }
10293 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10294 }
10295
10296 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10297 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10298 {
10299 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10300 bfd_vma val;
10301
10302 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10303 /* FDE length. */
10304 p += 4;
10305 /* CIE pointer. */
10306 p += 4;
10307 /* Offset to .glink. */
10308 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10309 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10310 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10311 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10312 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10313 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10314
10315 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10316 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10317 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10318 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10319 return FALSE;
10320 }
10321
10322 return ret;
10323 }
10324 \f
10325 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10326 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10327 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10328 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10329 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10330 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10331 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10332 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10333 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10334 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10335 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10336
10337 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10338 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10339 #endif
10340
10341 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10342 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10343 #endif
10344
10345 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10346 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10347 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10348 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10349 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10350 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10351
10352 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10353 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10354 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10355 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10356 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10357 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10358 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10359 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10360
10361 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10362 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10363 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10364 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10365 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10366 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10367 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10368 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10369 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10370 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10371 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10372 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10373 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10374 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10375 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10376 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10377 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10378 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10379 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10380 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10381 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10382 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10383 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10384 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10385 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10386 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10387 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10388 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10389 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10390
10391 #include "elf32-target.h"
10392
10393 /* FreeBSD Target */
10394
10395 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10396 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10397
10398 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10399 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10400 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10401 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10402
10403 #undef ELF_OSABI
10404 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10405
10406 #undef elf32_bed
10407 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10408
10409 #include "elf32-target.h"
10410
10411 /* VxWorks Target */
10412
10413 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10414 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10415
10416 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10417 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10418 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10419 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10420
10421 #undef ELF_OSABI
10422
10423 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10424 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
10425 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10426 {
10427 if (sec->name == NULL)
10428 return NULL;
10429
10430 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10431 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10432
10433 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10434 }
10435
10436 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10437 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10438 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
10439 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10440 {
10441 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10442
10443 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10444 if (ret)
10445 {
10446 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10447 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10448 htab->is_vxworks = 1;
10449 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10450 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10451 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10452 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10453 }
10454 return ret;
10455 }
10456
10457 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10458 static bfd_boolean
10459 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10460 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10461 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10462 const char **namep,
10463 flagword *flagsp,
10464 asection **secp,
10465 bfd_vma *valp)
10466 {
10467 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10468 valp))
10469 return FALSE;
10470
10471 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10472 }
10473
10474 static bfd_boolean
10475 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10476 {
10477 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10478 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10479 }
10480
10481 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10482 define it. */
10483 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10484 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10485 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10486 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10487 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10488 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10489 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10490 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10491 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10492 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10493 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10494 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10495 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10496 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10497
10498 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10499
10500 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10501 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10502 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10503 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10504 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10505 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10506 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10507 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10508 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10509 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10510 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10511 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10512 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10513 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10514 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10515 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10516 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10517 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10518
10519 #undef elf32_bed
10520 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10521
10522 #include "elf32-target.h"
This page took 0.261431 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.